Mercurial > emacs
annotate lispref/display.texi @ 38019:59051c56859f
Fix typo.
author | Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 11 Jun 2001 09:33:32 +0000 |
parents | 1302dd937a79 |
children | 9e543d761717 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
6598 | 1 @c -*-texinfo-*- |
2 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. | |
35364 | 3 @c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 |
27189 | 4 @c Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
6598 | 5 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions. |
6 @setfilename ../info/display | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
7 @node Display, Calendar, Processes, Top |
6598 | 8 @chapter Emacs Display |
9 | |
10 This chapter describes a number of features related to the display | |
11 that Emacs presents to the user. | |
12 | |
13 @menu | |
14 * Refresh Screen:: Clearing the screen and redrawing everything on it. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
15 * Forcing Redisplay:: Forcing redisplay. |
6598 | 16 * Truncation:: Folding or wrapping long text lines. |
17 * The Echo Area:: Where messages are displayed. | |
12067 | 18 * Invisible Text:: Hiding part of the buffer text. |
19 * Selective Display:: Hiding part of the buffer text (the old way). | |
6598 | 20 * Overlay Arrow:: Display of an arrow to indicate position. |
21 * Temporary Displays:: Displays that go away automatically. | |
22 * Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer. | |
25875 | 23 * Width:: How wide a character or string is on the screen. |
24 * Faces:: A face defines a graphics style for text characters: | |
25 font, colors, etc. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
26 * Display Property:: Enabling special display features. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
27 * Images:: Displaying images in Emacs buffers. |
6598 | 28 * Blinking:: How Emacs shows the matching open parenthesis. |
29 * Inverse Video:: Specifying how the screen looks. | |
30 * Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying nonprinting chars. | |
31 * Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions. | |
32 * Beeping:: Audible signal to the user. | |
33 * Window Systems:: Which window system is being used. | |
34 @end menu | |
35 | |
36 @node Refresh Screen | |
37 @section Refreshing the Screen | |
38 | |
39 The function @code{redraw-frame} redisplays the entire contents of a | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
40 given frame (@pxref{Frames}). |
6598 | 41 |
42 @c Emacs 19 feature | |
43 @defun redraw-frame frame | |
44 This function clears and redisplays frame @var{frame}. | |
45 @end defun | |
46 | |
47 Even more powerful is @code{redraw-display}: | |
48 | |
49 @deffn Command redraw-display | |
50 This function clears and redisplays all visible frames. | |
51 @end deffn | |
52 | |
12098 | 53 Processing user input takes absolute priority over redisplay. If you |
54 call these functions when input is available, they do nothing | |
55 immediately, but a full redisplay does happen eventually---after all the | |
56 input has been processed. | |
57 | |
6598 | 58 Normally, suspending and resuming Emacs also refreshes the screen. |
59 Some terminal emulators record separate contents for display-oriented | |
60 programs such as Emacs and for ordinary sequential display. If you are | |
61 using such a terminal, you might want to inhibit the redisplay on | |
9009 | 62 resumption. |
6598 | 63 |
64 @defvar no-redraw-on-reenter | |
65 @cindex suspend (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter}) | |
66 @cindex resume (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter}) | |
67 This variable controls whether Emacs redraws the entire screen after it | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
68 has been suspended and resumed. Non-@code{nil} means there is no need |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
69 to redraw, @code{nil} means redrawing is needed. The default is @code{nil}. |
6598 | 70 @end defvar |
71 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
72 @node Forcing Redisplay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
73 @section Forcing Redisplay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
74 @cindex forcing redisplay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
75 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
76 Emacs redisplay normally stops if input arrives, and does not happen |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
77 at all if input is available before it starts. Most of the time, this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
78 is exactly what you want. However, you can prevent preemption by |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
79 binding @code{redisplay-dont-pause} to a non-@code{nil} value. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
80 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
81 @tindex redisplay-dont-pause |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
82 @defvar redisplay-dont-pause |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
83 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, pending input does not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
84 prevent or halt redisplay; redisplay occurs, and finishes, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
85 regardless of whether input is available. This feature is available |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
86 as of Emacs 21. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
87 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
88 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
89 You can request a display update, but only if no input is pending, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
90 with @code{(sit-for 0)}. To force a display update even when input is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
91 pending, do this: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
92 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
93 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
94 (let ((redisplay-dont-pause t)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
95 (sit-for 0)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
96 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
97 |
6598 | 98 @node Truncation |
99 @section Truncation | |
100 @cindex line wrapping | |
101 @cindex continuation lines | |
102 @cindex @samp{$} in display | |
103 @cindex @samp{\} in display | |
104 | |
105 When a line of text extends beyond the right edge of a window, the | |
106 line can either be continued on the next screen line, or truncated to | |
107 one screen line. The additional screen lines used to display a long | |
108 text line are called @dfn{continuation} lines. Normally, a @samp{$} in | |
109 the rightmost column of the window indicates truncation; a @samp{\} on | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
110 the rightmost column indicates a line that ``wraps'' onto the next line, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
111 which is also called @dfn{continuing} the line. (The display table can |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
112 specify alternative indicators; see @ref{Display Tables}.) |
6598 | 113 |
114 Note that continuation is different from filling; continuation happens | |
115 on the screen only, not in the buffer contents, and it breaks a line | |
116 precisely at the right margin, not at a word boundary. @xref{Filling}. | |
117 | |
118 @defopt truncate-lines | |
119 This buffer-local variable controls how Emacs displays lines that extend | |
120 beyond the right edge of the window. The default is @code{nil}, which | |
121 specifies continuation. If the value is non-@code{nil}, then these | |
122 lines are truncated. | |
123 | |
124 If the variable @code{truncate-partial-width-windows} is non-@code{nil}, | |
125 then truncation is always used for side-by-side windows (within one | |
126 frame) regardless of the value of @code{truncate-lines}. | |
127 @end defopt | |
128 | |
12098 | 129 @defopt default-truncate-lines |
6598 | 130 This variable is the default value for @code{truncate-lines}, for |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
131 buffers that do not have buffer-local values for it. |
12098 | 132 @end defopt |
6598 | 133 |
134 @defopt truncate-partial-width-windows | |
135 This variable controls display of lines that extend beyond the right | |
136 edge of the window, in side-by-side windows (@pxref{Splitting Windows}). | |
137 If it is non-@code{nil}, these lines are truncated; otherwise, | |
138 @code{truncate-lines} says what to do with them. | |
139 @end defopt | |
140 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
141 When horizontal scrolling (@pxref{Horizontal Scrolling}) is in use in |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
142 a window, that forces truncation. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
143 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
144 You can override the glyphs that indicate continuation or truncation |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
145 using the display table; see @ref{Display Tables}. |
6598 | 146 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
147 If your buffer contains @emph{very} long lines, and you use |
12067 | 148 continuation to display them, just thinking about them can make Emacs |
12098 | 149 redisplay slow. The column computation and indentation functions also |
150 become slow. Then you might find it advisable to set | |
151 @code{cache-long-line-scans} to @code{t}. | |
12067 | 152 |
153 @defvar cache-long-line-scans | |
154 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, various indentation and motion | |
12098 | 155 functions, and Emacs redisplay, cache the results of scanning the |
156 buffer, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning regions of the buffer | |
157 unless they are modified. | |
12067 | 158 |
12098 | 159 Turning on the cache slows down processing of short lines somewhat. |
12067 | 160 |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
161 This variable is automatically buffer-local in every buffer. |
12067 | 162 @end defvar |
163 | |
6598 | 164 @node The Echo Area |
165 @section The Echo Area | |
166 @cindex error display | |
167 @cindex echo area | |
168 | |
12067 | 169 The @dfn{echo area} is used for displaying messages made with the |
6598 | 170 @code{message} primitive, and for echoing keystrokes. It is not the |
171 same as the minibuffer, despite the fact that the minibuffer appears | |
172 (when active) in the same place on the screen as the echo area. The | |
173 @cite{GNU Emacs Manual} specifies the rules for resolving conflicts | |
174 between the echo area and the minibuffer for use of that screen space | |
175 (@pxref{Minibuffer,, The Minibuffer, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). | |
176 Error messages appear in the echo area; see @ref{Errors}. | |
177 | |
178 You can write output in the echo area by using the Lisp printing | |
179 functions with @code{t} as the stream (@pxref{Output Functions}), or as | |
180 follows: | |
181 | |
182 @defun message string &rest arguments | |
12067 | 183 This function displays a one-line message in the echo area. The |
6598 | 184 argument @var{string} is similar to a C language @code{printf} control |
185 string. See @code{format} in @ref{String Conversion}, for the details | |
186 on the conversion specifications. @code{message} returns the | |
187 constructed string. | |
188 | |
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
189 In batch mode, @code{message} prints the message text on the standard |
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
190 error stream, followed by a newline. |
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
191 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
192 If @var{string}, or strings among the @var{arguments}, have @code{face} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
193 text properties, these affect the way the message is displayed. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
194 |
6598 | 195 @c Emacs 19 feature |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
196 If @var{string} is @code{nil}, @code{message} clears the echo area; if |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
197 the echo area has been expanded automatically, this brings it back to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
198 its normal size. If the minibuffer is active, this brings the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
199 minibuffer contents back onto the screen immediately. |
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
200 |
6598 | 201 @example |
202 @group | |
203 (message "Minibuffer depth is %d." | |
204 (minibuffer-depth)) | |
205 @print{} Minibuffer depth is 0. | |
206 @result{} "Minibuffer depth is 0." | |
207 @end group | |
208 | |
209 @group | |
210 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
211 Minibuffer depth is 0. | |
212 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
213 @end group | |
214 @end example | |
32261
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
215 |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
216 To automatically display a message in the echo area or in a pop-buffer, |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
217 depending on its size, use @code{display-message-or-buffer}. |
6598 | 218 @end defun |
219 | |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
220 @tindex with-temp-message |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
221 @defmac with-temp-message message &rest body |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
222 This construct displays a message in the echo area temporarily, during |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
223 the execution of @var{body}. It displays @var{message}, executes |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
224 @var{body}, then returns the value of the last body form while restoring |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
225 the previous echo area contents. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
226 @end defmac |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
227 |
22843
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
228 @defun message-or-box string &rest arguments |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
229 This function displays a message like @code{message}, but may display it |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
230 in a dialog box instead of the echo area. If this function is called in |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
231 a command that was invoked using the mouse---more precisely, if |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
232 @code{last-nonmenu-event} (@pxref{Command Loop Info}) is either |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
233 @code{nil} or a list---then it uses a dialog box or pop-up menu to |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
234 display the message. Otherwise, it uses the echo area. (This is the |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
235 same criterion that @code{y-or-n-p} uses to make a similar decision; see |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
236 @ref{Yes-or-No Queries}.) |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
237 |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
238 You can force use of the mouse or of the echo area by binding |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
239 @code{last-nonmenu-event} to a suitable value around the call. |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
240 @end defun |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
241 |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
242 @defun message-box string &rest arguments |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
243 This function displays a message like @code{message}, but uses a dialog |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
244 box (or a pop-up menu) whenever that is possible. If it is impossible |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
245 to use a dialog box or pop-up menu, because the terminal does not |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
246 support them, then @code{message-box} uses the echo area, like |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
247 @code{message}. |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
248 @end defun |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
249 |
32261
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
250 @defun display-message-or-buffer message &optional buffer-name not-this-window frame |
32840 | 251 @tindex display-message-or-buffer |
32261
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
252 This function displays the message @var{message}, which may be either a |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
253 string or a buffer. If it is shorter than the maximum height of the |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
254 echo area, as defined by @code{max-mini-window-height}, it is displayed |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
255 in the echo area, using @code{message}. Otherwise, |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
256 @code{display-buffer} is used to show it in a pop-up buffer. |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
257 |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
258 Returns either the string shown in the echo area, or when a pop-up |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
259 buffer is used, the window used to display it. |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
260 |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
261 If @var{message} is a string, then the optional argument |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
262 @var{buffer-name} is the name of the buffer used to display it when a |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
263 pop-up buffer is used, defaulting to @samp{*Message*}. In the case |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
264 where @var{message} is a string and displayed in the echo area, it is |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
265 not specified whether the contents are inserted into the buffer anyway. |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
266 |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
267 The optional arguments @var{not-this-window} and @var{frame} are as for |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
268 @code{display-buffer}, and only used if a buffer is displayed. |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
269 @end defun |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
270 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
271 @defun current-message |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
272 This function returns the message currently being displayed in the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
273 echo area, or @code{nil} if there is none. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
274 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
275 |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
276 @defvar cursor-in-echo-area |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
277 This variable controls where the cursor appears when a message is |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
278 displayed in the echo area. If it is non-@code{nil}, then the cursor |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
279 appears at the end of the message. Otherwise, the cursor appears at |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
280 point---not in the echo area at all. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
281 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
282 The value is normally @code{nil}; Lisp programs bind it to @code{t} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
283 for brief periods of time. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
284 @end defvar |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
285 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
286 @defvar echo-area-clear-hook |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
287 This normal hook is run whenever the echo area is cleared---either by |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
288 @code{(message nil)} or for any other reason. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
289 @end defvar |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
290 |
12067 | 291 Almost all the messages displayed in the echo area are also recorded |
292 in the @samp{*Messages*} buffer. | |
293 | |
294 @defopt message-log-max | |
295 This variable specifies how many lines to keep in the @samp{*Messages*} | |
296 buffer. The value @code{t} means there is no limit on how many lines to | |
297 keep. The value @code{nil} disables message logging entirely. Here's | |
298 how to display a message and prevent it from being logged: | |
299 | |
300 @example | |
301 (let (message-log-max) | |
302 (message @dots{})) | |
303 @end example | |
304 @end defopt | |
305 | |
12098 | 306 @defvar echo-keystrokes |
307 This variable determines how much time should elapse before command | |
27971 | 308 characters echo. Its value must be an integer or floating point number, |
309 which specifies the | |
12098 | 310 number of seconds to wait before echoing. If the user types a prefix |
311 key (such as @kbd{C-x}) and then delays this many seconds before | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
312 continuing, the prefix key is echoed in the echo area. (Once echoing |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
313 begins in a key sequence, all subsequent characters in the same key |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
314 sequence are echoed immediately.) |
12098 | 315 |
316 If the value is zero, then command input is not echoed. | |
317 @end defvar | |
318 | |
12067 | 319 @node Invisible Text |
320 @section Invisible Text | |
321 | |
322 @cindex invisible text | |
323 You can make characters @dfn{invisible}, so that they do not appear on | |
324 the screen, with the @code{invisible} property. This can be either a | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
325 text property (@pxref{Text Properties}) or a property of an overlay |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
326 (@pxref{Overlays}). |
12067 | 327 |
328 In the simplest case, any non-@code{nil} @code{invisible} property makes | |
329 a character invisible. This is the default case---if you don't alter | |
330 the default value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}, this is how the | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
331 @code{invisible} property works. |
12067 | 332 |
333 More generally, you can use the variable @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} | |
334 to control which values of the @code{invisible} property make text | |
335 invisible. This permits you to classify the text into different subsets | |
336 in advance, by giving them different @code{invisible} values, and | |
337 subsequently make various subsets visible or invisible by changing the | |
338 value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. | |
339 | |
340 Controlling visibility with @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is | |
25875 | 341 especially useful in a program to display the list of entries in a |
342 database. It permits the implementation of convenient filtering | |
343 commands to view just a part of the entries in the database. Setting | |
344 this variable is very fast, much faster than scanning all the text in | |
345 the buffer looking for properties to change. | |
12067 | 346 |
347 @defvar buffer-invisibility-spec | |
348 This variable specifies which kinds of @code{invisible} properties | |
349 actually make a character invisible. | |
350 | |
351 @table @asis | |
352 @item @code{t} | |
353 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property is | |
354 non-@code{nil}. This is the default. | |
355 | |
356 @item a list | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
357 Each element of the list specifies a criterion for invisibility; if a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
358 character's @code{invisible} property fits any one of these criteria, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
359 the character is invisible. The list can have two kinds of elements: |
12067 | 360 |
361 @table @code | |
362 @item @var{atom} | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
363 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value |
12067 | 364 is @var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member. |
365 | |
366 @item (@var{atom} . t) | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
367 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value |
12067 | 368 is @var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member. |
369 Moreover, if this character is at the end of a line and is followed | |
370 by a visible newline, it displays an ellipsis. | |
371 @end table | |
372 @end table | |
373 @end defvar | |
374 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
375 Two functions are specifically provided for adding elements to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
376 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and removing elements from it. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
377 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
378 @defun add-to-invisibility-spec element |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
379 Add the element @var{element} to @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
380 (if it is not already present in that list). |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
381 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
382 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
383 @defun remove-from-invisibility-spec element |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
384 Remove the element @var{element} from @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. |
25875 | 385 This does nothing if @var{element} is not in the list. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
386 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
387 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
388 One convention about the use of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
389 that a major mode should use the mode's own name as an element of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
390 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and as the value of the @code{invisible} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
391 property: |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
392 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
393 @example |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
394 ;; @r{If you want to display an ellipsis:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
395 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
396 ;; @r{If you don't want ellipsis:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
397 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
398 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
399 (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
400 'invisible 'my-symbol) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
401 |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
402 ;; @r{When done with the overlays:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
403 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
404 ;; @r{Or respectively:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
405 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
406 @end example |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
407 |
15761
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
408 @vindex line-move-ignore-invisible |
12098 | 409 Ordinarily, commands that operate on text or move point do not care |
15761
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
410 whether the text is invisible. The user-level line motion commands |
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
411 explicitly ignore invisible newlines if |
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
412 @code{line-move-ignore-invisible} is non-@code{nil}, but only because |
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
413 they are explicitly programmed to do so. |
12098 | 414 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
415 Incremental search can make invisible overlays visible temporarily |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
416 and/or permanently when a match includes invisible text. To enable |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
417 this, the overlay should have a non-@code{nil} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
418 @code{isearch-open-invisible} property. The property value should be a |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
419 function to be called with the overlay as an argument. This function |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
420 should make the overlay visible permanently; it is used when the match |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
421 overlaps the overlay on exit from the search. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
422 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
423 During the search, such overlays are made temporarily visible by |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
424 temporarily modifying their invisible and intangible properties. If you |
22267
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
425 want this to be done differently for a certain overlay, give it an |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
426 @code{isearch-open-invisible-temporary} property which is a function. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
427 The function is called with two arguments: the first is the overlay, and |
26986 | 428 the second is @code{nil} to make the overlay visible, or @code{t} to |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
429 make it invisible again. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
430 |
6598 | 431 @node Selective Display |
432 @section Selective Display | |
433 @cindex selective display | |
434 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
435 @dfn{Selective display} refers to a pair of related features for |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
436 hiding certain lines on the screen. |
6598 | 437 |
438 The first variant, explicit selective display, is designed for use in | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
439 a Lisp program: it controls which lines are hidden by altering the text. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
440 The invisible text feature (@pxref{Invisible Text}) has partially |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
441 replaced this feature. |
12067 | 442 |
443 In the second variant, the choice of lines to hide is made | |
12098 | 444 automatically based on indentation. This variant is designed to be a |
12067 | 445 user-level feature. |
6598 | 446 |
447 The way you control explicit selective display is by replacing a | |
9009 | 448 newline (control-j) with a carriage return (control-m). The text that |
6598 | 449 was formerly a line following that newline is now invisible. Strictly |
450 speaking, it is temporarily no longer a line at all, since only newlines | |
451 can separate lines; it is now part of the previous line. | |
452 | |
453 Selective display does not directly affect editing commands. For | |
454 example, @kbd{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) moves point unhesitatingly into | |
455 invisible text. However, the replacement of newline characters with | |
456 carriage return characters affects some editing commands. For example, | |
457 @code{next-line} skips invisible lines, since it searches only for | |
458 newlines. Modes that use selective display can also define commands | |
459 that take account of the newlines, or that make parts of the text | |
460 visible or invisible. | |
461 | |
462 When you write a selectively displayed buffer into a file, all the | |
463 control-m's are output as newlines. This means that when you next read | |
464 in the file, it looks OK, with nothing invisible. The selective display | |
465 effect is seen only within Emacs. | |
466 | |
467 @defvar selective-display | |
468 This buffer-local variable enables selective display. This means that | |
469 lines, or portions of lines, may be made invisible. | |
470 | |
471 @itemize @bullet | |
472 @item | |
25875 | 473 If the value of @code{selective-display} is @code{t}, then the character |
474 control-m marks the start of invisible text; the control-m, and the rest | |
475 of the line following it, are not displayed. This is explicit selective | |
476 display. | |
6598 | 477 |
478 @item | |
479 If the value of @code{selective-display} is a positive integer, then | |
480 lines that start with more than that many columns of indentation are not | |
481 displayed. | |
482 @end itemize | |
483 | |
484 When some portion of a buffer is invisible, the vertical movement | |
485 commands operate as if that portion did not exist, allowing a single | |
486 @code{next-line} command to skip any number of invisible lines. | |
487 However, character movement commands (such as @code{forward-char}) do | |
488 not skip the invisible portion, and it is possible (if tricky) to insert | |
489 or delete text in an invisible portion. | |
490 | |
491 In the examples below, we show the @emph{display appearance} of the | |
492 buffer @code{foo}, which changes with the value of | |
493 @code{selective-display}. The @emph{contents} of the buffer do not | |
494 change. | |
495 | |
496 @example | |
497 @group | |
498 (setq selective-display nil) | |
499 @result{} nil | |
500 | |
501 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
502 1 on this column | |
503 2on this column | |
504 3n this column | |
505 3n this column | |
506 2on this column | |
507 1 on this column | |
508 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
509 @end group | |
510 | |
511 @group | |
512 (setq selective-display 2) | |
513 @result{} 2 | |
514 | |
515 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
516 1 on this column | |
517 2on this column | |
518 2on this column | |
519 1 on this column | |
520 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
521 @end group | |
522 @end example | |
523 @end defvar | |
524 | |
525 @defvar selective-display-ellipses | |
526 If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, then Emacs displays | |
527 @samp{@dots{}} at the end of a line that is followed by invisible text. | |
528 This example is a continuation of the previous one. | |
529 | |
530 @example | |
531 @group | |
532 (setq selective-display-ellipses t) | |
533 @result{} t | |
534 | |
535 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
536 1 on this column | |
537 2on this column ... | |
538 2on this column | |
539 1 on this column | |
540 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
541 @end group | |
542 @end example | |
543 | |
544 You can use a display table to substitute other text for the ellipsis | |
545 (@samp{@dots{}}). @xref{Display Tables}. | |
546 @end defvar | |
547 | |
548 @node Overlay Arrow | |
549 @section The Overlay Arrow | |
550 @cindex overlay arrow | |
551 | |
552 The @dfn{overlay arrow} is useful for directing the user's attention | |
553 to a particular line in a buffer. For example, in the modes used for | |
554 interface to debuggers, the overlay arrow indicates the line of code | |
555 about to be executed. | |
556 | |
557 @defvar overlay-arrow-string | |
9009 | 558 This variable holds the string to display to call attention to a |
559 particular line, or @code{nil} if the arrow feature is not in use. | |
29471 | 560 On a graphical display the contents of the string are ignored; instead a |
561 glyph is displayed in the fringe area to the left of the display area. | |
6598 | 562 @end defvar |
563 | |
564 @defvar overlay-arrow-position | |
9009 | 565 This variable holds a marker that indicates where to display the overlay |
29471 | 566 arrow. It should point at the beginning of a line. On a non-graphical |
567 display the arrow text | |
9009 | 568 appears at the beginning of that line, overlaying any text that would |
569 otherwise appear. Since the arrow is usually short, and the line | |
570 usually begins with indentation, normally nothing significant is | |
571 overwritten. | |
6598 | 572 |
9009 | 573 The overlay string is displayed only in the buffer that this marker |
6598 | 574 points into. Thus, only one buffer can have an overlay arrow at any |
575 given time. | |
576 @c !!! overlay-arrow-position: but the overlay string may remain in the display | |
577 @c of some other buffer until an update is required. This should be fixed | |
578 @c now. Is it? | |
579 @end defvar | |
580 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
581 You can do a similar job by creating an overlay with a |
12067 | 582 @code{before-string} property. @xref{Overlay Properties}. |
583 | |
6598 | 584 @node Temporary Displays |
585 @section Temporary Displays | |
586 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
587 Temporary displays are used by Lisp programs to put output into a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
588 buffer and then present it to the user for perusal rather than for |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
589 editing. Many help commands use this feature. |
6598 | 590 |
591 @defspec with-output-to-temp-buffer buffer-name forms@dots{} | |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
592 This function executes @var{forms} while arranging to insert any output |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
593 they print into the buffer named @var{buffer-name}, which is first |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
594 created if necessary, and put into Help mode. Finally, the buffer is |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
595 displayed in some window, but not selected. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
596 |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
597 If the @var{forms} do not change the major mode in the output buffer, so |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
598 that it is still Help mode at the end of their execution, then |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
599 @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} makes this buffer read-only at the |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
600 end, and also scans it for function and variable names to make them into |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
601 clickable cross-references. |
6598 | 602 |
603 The string @var{buffer-name} specifies the temporary buffer, which | |
604 need not already exist. The argument must be a string, not a buffer. | |
605 The buffer is erased initially (with no questions asked), and it is | |
606 marked as unmodified after @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} exits. | |
607 | |
608 @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} binds @code{standard-output} to the | |
609 temporary buffer, then it evaluates the forms in @var{forms}. Output | |
610 using the Lisp output functions within @var{forms} goes by default to | |
611 that buffer (but screen display and messages in the echo area, although | |
612 they are ``output'' in the general sense of the word, are not affected). | |
613 @xref{Output Functions}. | |
614 | |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
615 Several hooks are available for customizing the behavior |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
616 of this construct; they are listed below. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
617 |
6598 | 618 The value of the last form in @var{forms} is returned. |
619 | |
620 @example | |
621 @group | |
622 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
623 This is the contents of foo. | |
624 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
625 @end group | |
626 | |
627 @group | |
628 (with-output-to-temp-buffer "foo" | |
629 (print 20) | |
630 (print standard-output)) | |
631 @result{} #<buffer foo> | |
632 | |
633 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
634 20 | |
635 | |
636 #<buffer foo> | |
637 | |
638 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
639 @end group | |
640 @end example | |
641 @end defspec | |
642 | |
643 @defvar temp-buffer-show-function | |
9009 | 644 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} |
6598 | 645 calls it as a function to do the job of displaying a help buffer. The |
646 function gets one argument, which is the buffer it should display. | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
647 |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
648 It is a good idea for this function to run @code{temp-buffer-show-hook} |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
649 just as @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} normally would, inside of |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
650 @code{save-selected-window} and with the chosen window and buffer |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
651 selected. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
652 @end defvar |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
653 |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
654 @defvar temp-buffer-setup-hook |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
655 @tindex temp-buffer-setup-hook |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
656 This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} before |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
657 evaluating @var{body}. When the hook runs, the help buffer is current. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
658 This hook is normally set up with a function to put the buffer in Help |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
659 mode. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
660 @end defvar |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
661 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
662 @defvar temp-buffer-show-hook |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
663 This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} after |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
664 displaying the help buffer. When the hook runs, the help buffer is |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
665 current, and the window it was displayed in is selected. This hook is |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
666 normally set up with a function to make the buffer read only, and find |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
667 function names and variable names in it, provided the major mode is |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
668 still Help mode. |
6598 | 669 @end defvar |
670 | |
671 @defun momentary-string-display string position &optional char message | |
672 This function momentarily displays @var{string} in the current buffer at | |
673 @var{position}. It has no effect on the undo list or on the buffer's | |
674 modification status. | |
675 | |
676 The momentary display remains until the next input event. If the next | |
677 input event is @var{char}, @code{momentary-string-display} ignores it | |
678 and returns. Otherwise, that event remains buffered for subsequent use | |
679 as input. Thus, typing @var{char} will simply remove the string from | |
680 the display, while typing (say) @kbd{C-f} will remove the string from | |
681 the display and later (presumably) move point forward. The argument | |
682 @var{char} is a space by default. | |
683 | |
684 The return value of @code{momentary-string-display} is not meaningful. | |
685 | |
12098 | 686 If the string @var{string} does not contain control characters, you can |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
687 do the same job in a more general way by creating (and then subsequently |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
688 deleting) an overlay with a @code{before-string} property. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
689 @xref{Overlay Properties}. |
12098 | 690 |
6598 | 691 If @var{message} is non-@code{nil}, it is displayed in the echo area |
692 while @var{string} is displayed in the buffer. If it is @code{nil}, a | |
693 default message says to type @var{char} to continue. | |
694 | |
695 In this example, point is initially located at the beginning of the | |
696 second line: | |
697 | |
698 @example | |
699 @group | |
700 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
701 This is the contents of foo. | |
702 @point{}Second line. | |
703 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
704 @end group | |
705 | |
706 @group | |
707 (momentary-string-display | |
708 "**** Important Message! ****" | |
709 (point) ?\r | |
710 "Type RET when done reading") | |
711 @result{} t | |
712 @end group | |
713 | |
714 @group | |
715 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
716 This is the contents of foo. | |
717 **** Important Message! ****Second line. | |
718 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
719 | |
720 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
721 Type RET when done reading | |
722 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
723 @end group | |
724 @end example | |
725 @end defun | |
726 | |
727 @node Overlays | |
728 @section Overlays | |
729 @cindex overlays | |
730 | |
731 You can use @dfn{overlays} to alter the appearance of a buffer's text on | |
12098 | 732 the screen, for the sake of presentation features. An overlay is an |
733 object that belongs to a particular buffer, and has a specified | |
734 beginning and end. It also has properties that you can examine and set; | |
735 these affect the display of the text within the overlay. | |
6598 | 736 |
737 @menu | |
738 * Overlay Properties:: How to read and set properties. | |
739 What properties do to the screen display. | |
26698
73f718a9df4b
(Overlays): Add menu entry for Finding Overlays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26696
diff
changeset
|
740 * Managing Overlays:: Creating and moving overlays. |
73f718a9df4b
(Overlays): Add menu entry for Finding Overlays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26696
diff
changeset
|
741 * Finding Overlays:: Searching for overlays. |
6598 | 742 @end menu |
743 | |
744 @node Overlay Properties | |
745 @subsection Overlay Properties | |
746 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
747 Overlay properties are like text properties in that the properties that |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
748 alter how a character is displayed can come from either source. But in |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
749 most respects they are different. Text properties are considered a part |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
750 of the text; overlays are specifically considered not to be part of the |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
751 text. Thus, copying text between various buffers and strings preserves |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
752 text properties, but does not try to preserve overlays. Changing a |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
753 buffer's text properties marks the buffer as modified, while moving an |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
754 overlay or changing its properties does not. Unlike text property |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
755 changes, overlay changes are not recorded in the buffer's undo list. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
756 @xref{Text Properties}, for comparison. |
6598 | 757 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
758 These functions are used for reading and writing the properties of an |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
759 overlay: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
760 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
761 @defun overlay-get overlay prop |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
762 This function returns the value of property @var{prop} recorded in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
763 @var{overlay}, if any. If @var{overlay} does not record any value for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
764 that property, but it does have a @code{category} property which is a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
765 symbol, that symbol's @var{prop} property is used. Otherwise, the value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
766 is @code{nil}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
767 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
768 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
769 @defun overlay-put overlay prop value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
770 This function sets the value of property @var{prop} recorded in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
771 @var{overlay} to @var{value}. It returns @var{value}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
772 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
773 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
774 See also the function @code{get-char-property} which checks both |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
775 overlay properties and text properties for a given character. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
776 @xref{Examining Properties}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
777 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
778 Many overlay properties have special meanings; here is a table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
779 of them: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
780 |
6598 | 781 @table @code |
782 @item priority | |
783 @kindex priority @r{(overlay property)} | |
784 This property's value (which should be a nonnegative number) determines | |
785 the priority of the overlay. The priority matters when two or more | |
786 overlays cover the same character and both specify a face for display; | |
787 the one whose @code{priority} value is larger takes priority over the | |
788 other, and its face attributes override the face attributes of the lower | |
789 priority overlay. | |
790 | |
791 Currently, all overlays take priority over text properties. Please | |
792 avoid using negative priority values, as we have not yet decided just | |
793 what they should mean. | |
794 | |
795 @item window | |
796 @kindex window @r{(overlay property)} | |
797 If the @code{window} property is non-@code{nil}, then the overlay | |
798 applies only on that window. | |
799 | |
12067 | 800 @item category |
801 @kindex category @r{(overlay property)} | |
802 If an overlay has a @code{category} property, we call it the | |
12098 | 803 @dfn{category} of the overlay. It should be a symbol. The properties |
12067 | 804 of the symbol serve as defaults for the properties of the overlay. |
805 | |
6598 | 806 @item face |
807 @kindex face @r{(overlay property)} | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
808 This property controls the way text is displayed---for example, which |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
809 font and which colors. @xref{Faces}, for more information. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
810 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
811 In the simplest case, the value is a face name. It can also be a list; |
25875 | 812 then each element can be any of these possibilities: |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
813 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
814 @itemize @bullet |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
815 @item |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
816 A face name (a symbol or string). |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
817 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
818 @item |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
819 Starting in Emacs 21, a property list of face attributes. This has the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
820 form (@var{keyword} @var{value} @dots{}), where each @var{keyword} is a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
821 face attribute name and @var{value} is a meaningful value for that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
822 attribute. With this feature, you do not need to create a face each |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
823 time you want to specify a particular attribute for certain text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
824 @xref{Face Attributes}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
825 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
826 @item |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
827 A cons cell of the form @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
828 @code{(background-color . @var{color-name})}. These elements specify |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
829 just the foreground color or just the background color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
830 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
831 @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} is equivalent to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
832 @code{(:foreground @var{color-name})}, and likewise for the background. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
833 @end itemize |
6598 | 834 |
835 @item mouse-face | |
836 @kindex mouse-face @r{(overlay property)} | |
837 This property is used instead of @code{face} when the mouse is within | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
838 the range of the overlay. |
6598 | 839 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
840 @item display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
841 @kindex display @r{(overlay property)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
842 This property activates various features that change the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
843 way text is displayed. For example, it can make text appear taller |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
844 or shorter, higher or lower, wider or narror, or replaced with an image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
845 @xref{Display Property}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
846 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
847 @item help-echo |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
848 @kindex help-echo @r{(text property)} |
31373
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
849 If an overlay has a @code{help-echo} property, then when you move the |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
850 mouse onto the text in the overlay, Emacs displays a help string in the |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
851 echo area, or in the tooltip window. For details see @ref{Text |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
852 help-echo}. This feature is available starting in Emacs 21. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
853 |
6598 | 854 @item modification-hooks |
855 @kindex modification-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
856 This property's value is a list of functions to be called if any | |
857 character within the overlay is changed or if text is inserted strictly | |
12067 | 858 within the overlay. |
859 | |
860 The hook functions are called both before and after each change. | |
861 If the functions save the information they receive, and compare notes | |
862 between calls, they can determine exactly what change has been made | |
863 in the buffer text. | |
864 | |
865 When called before a change, each function receives four arguments: the | |
866 overlay, @code{nil}, and the beginning and end of the text range to be | |
7086
075343a6b32b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6598
diff
changeset
|
867 modified. |
6598 | 868 |
12067 | 869 When called after a change, each function receives five arguments: the |
870 overlay, @code{t}, the beginning and end of the text range just | |
871 modified, and the length of the pre-change text replaced by that range. | |
872 (For an insertion, the pre-change length is zero; for a deletion, that | |
873 length is the number of characters deleted, and the post-change | |
12098 | 874 beginning and end are equal.) |
12067 | 875 |
6598 | 876 @item insert-in-front-hooks |
877 @kindex insert-in-front-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
12067 | 878 This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and |
879 after inserting text right at the beginning of the overlay. The calling | |
880 conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions. | |
6598 | 881 |
882 @item insert-behind-hooks | |
883 @kindex insert-behind-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
12067 | 884 This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and |
885 after inserting text right at the end of the overlay. The calling | |
886 conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions. | |
6598 | 887 |
888 @item invisible | |
889 @kindex invisible @r{(overlay property)} | |
12067 | 890 The @code{invisible} property can make the text in the overlay |
891 invisible, which means that it does not appear on the screen. | |
892 @xref{Invisible Text}, for details. | |
893 | |
894 @item intangible | |
895 @kindex intangible @r{(overlay property)} | |
896 The @code{intangible} property on an overlay works just like the | |
12098 | 897 @code{intangible} text property. @xref{Special Properties}, for details. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
898 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
899 @item isearch-open-invisible |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
900 This property tells incremental search how to make an invisible overlay |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
901 visible, permanently, if the final match overlaps it. @xref{Invisible |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
902 Text}. |
6598 | 903 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
904 @item isearch-open-invisible-temporary |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
905 This property tells incremental search how to make an invisible overlay |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
906 visible, temporarily, during the search. @xref{Invisible Text}. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
907 |
6598 | 908 @item before-string |
909 @kindex before-string @r{(overlay property)} | |
910 This property's value is a string to add to the display at the beginning | |
911 of the overlay. The string does not appear in the buffer in any | |
25875 | 912 sense---only on the screen. |
6598 | 913 |
914 @item after-string | |
915 @kindex after-string @r{(overlay property)} | |
916 This property's value is a string to add to the display at the end of | |
917 the overlay. The string does not appear in the buffer in any | |
25875 | 918 sense---only on the screen. |
12067 | 919 |
920 @item evaporate | |
921 @kindex evaporate @r{(overlay property)} | |
922 If this property is non-@code{nil}, the overlay is deleted automatically | |
923 if it ever becomes empty (i.e., if it spans no characters). | |
16123
ec5f48fe0320
Mention local-value property on an overlay.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15761
diff
changeset
|
924 |
29102 | 925 @item local-map |
29076 | 926 @cindex keymap of character (and overlays) |
29102 | 927 @kindex local-map @r{(overlay property)} |
29076 | 928 If this property is non-@code{nil}, it specifies a keymap for a portion |
929 of the text. The property's value replaces the buffer's local map, when | |
930 the character after point is within the overlay. @xref{Active Keymaps}. | |
33996 | 931 |
932 @item keymap | |
933 @kindex keymap @r{(overlay property)} | |
934 The @code{keymap} property is similar to @code{local-map} but overrides the | |
935 buffer's local map (and the map specified by the @code{local-map} | |
936 property) rather than replacing it. | |
29076 | 937 @end table |
938 | |
6598 | 939 @node Managing Overlays |
940 @subsection Managing Overlays | |
941 | |
942 This section describes the functions to create, delete and move | |
943 overlays, and to examine their contents. | |
944 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
945 @defun make-overlay start end &optional buffer front-advance rear-advance |
9009 | 946 This function creates and returns an overlay that belongs to |
6598 | 947 @var{buffer} and ranges from @var{start} to @var{end}. Both @var{start} |
948 and @var{end} must specify buffer positions; they may be integers or | |
949 markers. If @var{buffer} is omitted, the overlay is created in the | |
950 current buffer. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
951 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
952 The arguments @var{front-advance} and @var{rear-advance} specify the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
953 insertion type for the start of the overlay and for the end of the |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
954 overlay, respectively. @xref{Marker Insertion Types}. |
6598 | 955 @end defun |
956 | |
957 @defun overlay-start overlay | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
958 This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} starts, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
959 as an integer. |
6598 | 960 @end defun |
961 | |
962 @defun overlay-end overlay | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
963 This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} ends, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
964 as an integer. |
6598 | 965 @end defun |
966 | |
967 @defun overlay-buffer overlay | |
968 This function returns the buffer that @var{overlay} belongs to. | |
969 @end defun | |
970 | |
971 @defun delete-overlay overlay | |
972 This function deletes @var{overlay}. The overlay continues to exist as | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
973 a Lisp object, and its property list is unchanged, but it ceases to be |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
974 attached to the buffer it belonged to, and ceases to have any effect on |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
975 display. |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
976 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
977 A deleted overlay is not permanently disconnected. You can give it a |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
978 position in a buffer again by calling @code{move-overlay}. |
6598 | 979 @end defun |
980 | |
981 @defun move-overlay overlay start end &optional buffer | |
982 This function moves @var{overlay} to @var{buffer}, and places its bounds | |
983 at @var{start} and @var{end}. Both arguments @var{start} and @var{end} | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
984 must specify buffer positions; they may be integers or markers. |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
985 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
986 If @var{buffer} is omitted, @var{overlay} stays in the same buffer it |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
987 was already associated with; if @var{overlay} was deleted, it goes into |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
988 the current buffer. |
6598 | 989 |
990 The return value is @var{overlay}. | |
991 | |
992 This is the only valid way to change the endpoints of an overlay. Do | |
993 not try modifying the markers in the overlay by hand, as that fails to | |
994 update other vital data structures and can cause some overlays to be | |
995 ``lost''. | |
996 @end defun | |
997 | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
998 Here are some examples: |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
999 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1000 @example |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1001 ;; @r{Create an overlay.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1002 (setq foo (make-overlay 1 10)) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1003 @result{} #<overlay from 1 to 10 in display.texi> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1004 (overlay-start foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1005 @result{} 1 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1006 (overlay-end foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1007 @result{} 10 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1008 (overlay-buffer foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1009 @result{} #<buffer display.texi> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1010 ;; @r{Give it a property we can check later.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1011 (overlay-put foo 'happy t) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1012 @result{} t |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1013 ;; @r{Verify the property is present.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1014 (overlay-get foo 'happy) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1015 @result{} t |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1016 ;; @r{Move the overlay.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1017 (move-overlay foo 5 20) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1018 @result{} #<overlay from 5 to 20 in display.texi> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1019 (overlay-start foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1020 @result{} 5 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1021 (overlay-end foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1022 @result{} 20 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1023 ;; @r{Delete the overlay.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1024 (delete-overlay foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1025 @result{} nil |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1026 ;; @r{Verify it is deleted.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1027 foo |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1028 @result{} #<overlay in no buffer> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1029 ;; @r{A deleted overlay has no position.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1030 (overlay-start foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1031 @result{} nil |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1032 (overlay-end foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1033 @result{} nil |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1034 (overlay-buffer foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1035 @result{} nil |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1036 ;; @r{Undelete the overlay.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1037 (move-overlay foo 1 20) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1038 @result{} #<overlay from 1 to 20 in display.texi> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1039 ;; @r{Verify the results.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1040 (overlay-start foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1041 @result{} 1 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1042 (overlay-end foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1043 @result{} 20 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1044 (overlay-buffer foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1045 @result{} #<buffer display.texi> |
27331
be0a552c8320
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27193
diff
changeset
|
1046 ;; @r{Moving and deleting the overlay does not change its properties.} |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1047 (overlay-get foo 'happy) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1048 @result{} t |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1049 @end example |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1050 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1051 @node Finding Overlays |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1052 @subsection Searching for Overlays |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1053 |
6598 | 1054 @defun overlays-at pos |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1055 This function returns a list of all the overlays that cover the |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1056 character at position @var{pos} in the current buffer. The list is in |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1057 no particular order. An overlay contains position @var{pos} if it |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1058 begins at or before @var{pos}, and ends after @var{pos}. |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1059 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1060 To illustrate usage, here is a Lisp function that returns a list of the |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1061 overlays that specify property @var{prop} for the character at point: |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1062 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1063 @smallexample |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1064 (defun find-overlays-specifying (prop) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1065 (let ((overlays (overlays-at (point))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1066 found) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1067 (while overlays |
37170
29f2615d958f
(Finding Overlays): Fix example code.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36935
diff
changeset
|
1068 (let ((overlay (car overlays))) |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1069 (if (overlay-get overlay prop) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1070 (setq found (cons overlay found)))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1071 (setq overlays (cdr overlays))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1072 found)) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1073 @end smallexample |
6598 | 1074 @end defun |
1075 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1076 @defun overlays-in beg end |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1077 This function returns a list of the overlays that overlap the region |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1078 @var{beg} through @var{end}. ``Overlap'' means that at least one |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1079 character is contained within the overlay and also contained within the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1080 specified region; however, empty overlays are included in the result if |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1081 they are located at @var{beg}, or strictly between @var{beg} and @var{end}. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1082 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1083 |
6598 | 1084 @defun next-overlay-change pos |
1085 This function returns the buffer position of the next beginning or end | |
1086 of an overlay, after @var{pos}. | |
1087 @end defun | |
1088 | |
12067 | 1089 @defun previous-overlay-change pos |
1090 This function returns the buffer position of the previous beginning or | |
1091 end of an overlay, before @var{pos}. | |
1092 @end defun | |
1093 | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1094 Here's an easy way to use @code{next-overlay-change} to search for the |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1095 next character which gets a non-@code{nil} @code{happy} property from |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1096 either its overlays or its text properties (@pxref{Property Search}): |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1097 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1098 @smallexample |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1099 (defun find-overlay-prop (prop) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1100 (save-excursion |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1101 (while (and (not (eobp)) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1102 (not (get-char-property (point) 'happy))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1103 (goto-char (min (next-overlay-change (point)) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1104 (next-single-property-change (point) 'happy)))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1105 (point))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1106 @end smallexample |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1107 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1108 @node Width |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1109 @section Width |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1110 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1111 Since not all characters have the same width, these functions let you |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1112 check the width of a character. @xref{Primitive Indent}, and |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1113 @ref{Screen Lines}, for related functions. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1114 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1115 @defun char-width char |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1116 This function returns the width in columns of the character @var{char}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1117 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1118 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1119 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1120 @defun string-width string |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1121 This function returns the width in columns of the string @var{string}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1122 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1123 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1124 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1125 @defun truncate-string-to-width string width &optional start-column padding |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1126 This function returns the part of @var{string} that fits within |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1127 @var{width} columns, as a new string. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1128 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1129 If @var{string} does not reach @var{width}, then the result ends where |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1130 @var{string} ends. If one multi-column character in @var{string} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1131 extends across the column @var{width}, that character is not included in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1132 the result. Thus, the result can fall short of @var{width} but cannot |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1133 go beyond it. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1134 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1135 The optional argument @var{start-column} specifies the starting column. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1136 If this is non-@code{nil}, then the first @var{start-column} columns of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1137 the string are omitted from the value. If one multi-column character in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1138 @var{string} extends across the column @var{start-column}, that |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1139 character is not included. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1140 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1141 The optional argument @var{padding}, if non-@code{nil}, is a padding |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1142 character added at the beginning and end of the result string, to extend |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1143 it to exactly @var{width} columns. The padding character is used at the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1144 end of the result if it falls short of @var{width}. It is also used at |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1145 the beginning of the result if one multi-column character in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1146 @var{string} extends across the column @var{start-column}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1147 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1148 @example |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1149 (truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1150 @result{} "ab" |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1151 (truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4 ?\ ) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1152 @result{} " ab " |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1153 @end example |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1154 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1155 |
6598 | 1156 @node Faces |
1157 @section Faces | |
1158 @cindex face | |
1159 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1160 A @dfn{face} is a named collection of graphical attributes: font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1161 family, foreground color, background color, optional underlining, and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1162 many others. Faces are used in Emacs to control the style of display of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1163 particular parts of the text or the frame. |
6598 | 1164 |
1165 @cindex face id | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1166 Each face has its own @dfn{face number}, which distinguishes faces at |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1167 low levels within Emacs. However, for most purposes, you refer to |
6598 | 1168 faces in Lisp programs by their names. |
1169 | |
12067 | 1170 @defun facep object |
1171 This function returns @code{t} if @var{object} is a face name symbol (or | |
1172 if it is a vector of the kind used internally to record face data). It | |
1173 returns @code{nil} otherwise. | |
1174 @end defun | |
1175 | |
6598 | 1176 Each face name is meaningful for all frames, and by default it has the |
1177 same meaning in all frames. But you can arrange to give a particular | |
1178 face name a special meaning in one frame if you wish. | |
1179 | |
1180 @menu | |
1181 * Standard Faces:: The faces Emacs normally comes with. | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1182 * Defining Faces:: How to define a face with @code{defface}. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1183 * Face Attributes:: What is in a face? |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1184 * Attribute Functions:: Functions to examine and set face attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1185 * Merging Faces:: How Emacs combines the faces specified for a character. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1186 * Font Selection:: Finding the best available font for a face. |
6598 | 1187 * Face Functions:: How to define and examine faces. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1188 * Auto Faces:: Hook for automatic face assignment. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1189 * Font Lookup:: Looking up the names of available fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1190 and information about them. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1191 * Fontsets:: A fontset is a collection of fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1192 that handle a range of character sets. |
6598 | 1193 @end menu |
1194 | |
1195 @node Standard Faces | |
1196 @subsection Standard Faces | |
1197 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1198 This table lists all the standard faces and their uses. Most of them |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1199 are used for displaying certain parts of the frames or certain kinds of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1200 text; you can control how those places look by customizing these faces. |
6598 | 1201 |
1202 @table @code | |
1203 @item default | |
1204 @kindex default @r{(face name)} | |
1205 This face is used for ordinary text. | |
1206 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1207 @item mode-line |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1208 @kindex mode-line @r{(face name)} |
25875 | 1209 This face is used for mode lines, and for menu bars when toolkit menus |
1210 are not used---but only if @code{mode-line-inverse-video} is | |
1211 non-@code{nil}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1212 |
6598 | 1213 @item modeline |
1214 @kindex modeline @r{(face name)} | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1215 This is an alias for the @code{mode-line} face, for compatibility with |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1216 old Emacs versions. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1217 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1218 @item header-line |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1219 @kindex header-line @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1220 This face is used for the header lines of windows that have them. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1221 |
25875 | 1222 @item menu |
1223 This face controls the display of menus, both their colors and their | |
1224 font. (This works only on certain systems.) | |
1225 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1226 @item fringe |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1227 @kindex fringe @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1228 This face controls the colors of window fringes, the thin areas on |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1229 either side that are used to display continuation and truncation glyphs. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1230 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1231 @item scroll-bar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1232 @kindex scroll-bar @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1233 This face controls the colors for display of scroll bars. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1234 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1235 @item tool-bar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1236 @kindex tool-bar @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1237 This face is used for display of the tool bar, if any. |
6598 | 1238 |
1239 @item region | |
1240 @kindex region @r{(face name)} | |
1241 This face is used for highlighting the region in Transient Mark mode. | |
1242 | |
1243 @item secondary-selection | |
1244 @kindex secondary-selection @r{(face name)} | |
1245 This face is used to show any secondary selection you have made. | |
1246 | |
1247 @item highlight | |
1248 @kindex highlight @r{(face name)} | |
1249 This face is meant to be used for highlighting for various purposes. | |
1250 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1251 @item trailing-whitespace |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1252 @kindex trailing-whitespace @r{(face name)} |
25875 | 1253 This face is used to display excess whitespace at the end of a line, |
1254 if @code{show-trailing-whitespace} is non-@code{nil}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1255 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1256 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1257 In contrast, these faces are provided to change the appearance of text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1258 in specific ways. You can use them on specific text, when you want |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1259 the effects they produce. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1260 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1261 @table @code |
6598 | 1262 @item bold |
1263 @kindex bold @r{(face name)} | |
1264 This face uses a bold font, if possible. It uses the bold variant of | |
1265 the frame's font, if it has one. It's up to you to choose a default | |
1266 font that has a bold variant, if you want to use one. | |
1267 | |
1268 @item italic | |
1269 @kindex italic @r{(face name)} | |
1270 This face uses the italic variant of the frame's font, if it has one. | |
1271 | |
1272 @item bold-italic | |
1273 @kindex bold-italic @r{(face name)} | |
1274 This face uses the bold italic variant of the frame's font, if it has | |
1275 one. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1276 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1277 @item underline |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1278 @kindex underline @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1279 This face underlines text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1280 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1281 @item fixed-patch |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1282 @kindex fixed-patch @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1283 This face forces use of a particular fixed-width font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1285 @item variable-patch |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1286 @kindex variable-patch @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1287 This face forces use of a particular variable-width font. It's |
25875 | 1288 reasonable to customize this to use a different variable-width font, if |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1289 you like, but you should not make it a fixed-width font. |
6598 | 1290 @end table |
1291 | |
25875 | 1292 @defvar show-trailing-whitespace |
1293 @tindex show-trailing-whitespace | |
1294 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, Emacs uses the | |
1295 @code{trailing-whitespace} face to display any spaces and tabs at the | |
1296 end of a line. | |
1297 @end defvar | |
1298 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1299 @node Defining Faces |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1300 @subsection Defining Faces |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1301 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1302 The way to define a new face is with @code{defface}. This creates a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1303 kind of customization item (@pxref{Customization}) which the user can |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1304 customize using the Customization buffer (@pxref{Easy Customization,,, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1305 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1306 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1307 @defmac defface face spec doc [keyword value]... |
25875 | 1308 This declares @var{face} as a customizable face that defaults according |
1309 to @var{spec}. You should not quote the symbol @var{face}. The | |
1310 argument @var{doc} specifies the face documentation. The keywords you | |
1311 can use in @code{defface} are the same ones that are meaningful in both | |
1312 @code{defgroup} and @code{defcustom} (@pxref{Common Keywords}). | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1313 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1314 When @code{defface} executes, it defines the face according to |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1315 @var{spec}, then uses any customizations that were read from the |
25875 | 1316 init file (@pxref{Init File}) to override that specification. |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1317 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1318 The purpose of @var{spec} is to specify how the face should appear on |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1319 different kinds of terminals. It should be an alist whose elements have |
25875 | 1320 the form @code{(@var{display} @var{atts})}. Each element's @sc{car}, |
1321 @var{display}, specifies a class of terminals. The element's second element, | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1322 @var{atts}, is a list of face attributes and their values; it specifies |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1323 what the face should look like on that kind of terminal. The possible |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1324 attributes are defined in the value of @code{custom-face-attributes}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1325 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1326 The @var{display} part of an element of @var{spec} determines which |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1327 frames the element applies to. If more than one element of @var{spec} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1328 matches a given frame, the first matching element is the only one used |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1329 for that frame. There are two possibilities for @var{display}: |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1330 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1331 @table @asis |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1332 @item @code{t} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1333 This element of @var{spec} matches all frames. Therefore, any |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1334 subsequent elements of @var{spec} are never used. Normally |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1335 @code{t} is used in the last (or only) element of @var{spec}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1336 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1337 @item a list |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1338 If @var{display} is a list, each element should have the form |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1339 @code{(@var{characteristic} @var{value}@dots{})}. Here |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1340 @var{characteristic} specifies a way of classifying frames, and the |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1341 @var{value}s are possible classifications which @var{display} should |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1342 apply to. Here are the possible values of @var{characteristic}: |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1343 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1344 @table @code |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1345 @item type |
32802
66f219c7e8ca
(Defining Faces): Document `graphic' display type in face specs.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32552
diff
changeset
|
1346 The kind of window system the frame uses---either @code{graphic} (any |
66f219c7e8ca
(Defining Faces): Document `graphic' display type in face specs.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32552
diff
changeset
|
1347 graphics-capable display), @code{x}, @code{pc} (for the MS-DOS console), |
66f219c7e8ca
(Defining Faces): Document `graphic' display type in face specs.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32552
diff
changeset
|
1348 @code{w32} (for MS Windows 9X/NT), or @code{tty} (a non-graphics-capable |
66f219c7e8ca
(Defining Faces): Document `graphic' display type in face specs.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32552
diff
changeset
|
1349 display). |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1350 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1351 @item class |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1352 What kinds of colors the frame supports---either @code{color}, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1353 @code{grayscale}, or @code{mono}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1354 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1355 @item background |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1356 The kind of background---either @code{light} or @code{dark}. |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1357 @end table |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1358 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1359 If an element of @var{display} specifies more than one @var{value} for a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1360 given @var{characteristic}, any of those values is acceptable. If |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1361 @var{display} has more than one element, each element should specify a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1362 different @var{characteristic}; then @emph{each} characteristic of the |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1363 frame must match one of the @var{value}s specified for it in |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1364 @var{display}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1365 @end table |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1366 @end defmac |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1367 |
25875 | 1368 Here's how the standard face @code{region} is defined: |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1369 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1370 @example |
25875 | 1371 @group |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1372 (defface region |
25875 | 1373 `((((type tty) (class color)) |
1374 (:background "blue" :foreground "white")) | |
1375 @end group | |
1376 (((type tty) (class mono)) | |
1377 (:inverse-video t)) | |
1378 (((class color) (background dark)) | |
1379 (:background "blue")) | |
1380 (((class color) (background light)) | |
1381 (:background "lightblue")) | |
1382 (t (:background "gray"))) | |
1383 @group | |
1384 "Basic face for highlighting the region." | |
1385 :group 'basic-faces) | |
1386 @end group | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1387 @end example |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1389 Internally, @code{defface} uses the symbol property |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1390 @code{face-defface-spec} to record the face attributes specified in |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1391 @code{defface}, @code{saved-face} for the attributes saved by the user |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1392 with the customization buffer, and @code{face-documentation} for the |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1393 documentation string. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1394 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1395 @defopt frame-background-mode |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1396 This option, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the background type to use for |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1397 interpreting face definitions. If it is @code{dark}, then Emacs treats |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1398 all frames as if they had a dark background, regardless of their actual |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1399 background colors. If it is @code{light}, then Emacs treats all frames |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1400 as if they had a light background. |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1401 @end defopt |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1402 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1403 @node Face Attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1404 @subsection Face Attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1405 @cindex face attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1406 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1407 The effect of using a face is determined by a fixed set of @dfn{face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1408 attributes}. This table lists all the face attributes, and what they |
25875 | 1409 mean. Note that in general, more than one face can be specified for a |
1410 given piece of text; when that happens, the attributes of all the faces | |
1411 are merged to specify how to display the text. @xref{Merging Faces}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1412 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1413 In Emacs 21, any attribute in a face can have the value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1414 @code{unspecified}. This means the face doesn't specify that attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1415 In face merging, when the first face fails to specify a particular |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1416 attribute, that means the next face gets a chance. However, the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1417 @code{default} face must specify all attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1418 |
25875 | 1419 Some of these font attributes are meaningful only on certain kinds of |
1420 displays---if your display cannot handle a certain attribute, the | |
1421 attribute is ignored. (The attributes @code{:family}, @code{:width}, | |
1422 @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} correspond to parts of | |
1423 an X Logical Font Descriptor.) | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1424 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1425 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1426 @item :family |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1427 Font family name, or fontset name (@pxref{Fontsets}). If you specify a |
25875 | 1428 font family name, the wild-card characters @samp{*} and @samp{?} are |
1429 allowed. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1430 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1431 @item :width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1432 Relative proportionate width, also known as the character set width or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1433 set width. This should be one of the symbols @code{ultra-condensed}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1434 @code{extra-condensed}, @code{condensed}, @code{semi-condensed}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1435 @code{normal}, @code{semi-expanded}, @code{expanded}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1436 @code{extra-expanded}, or @code{ultra-expanded}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1437 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1438 @item :height |
32089
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1439 Either the font height, an integer in units of 1/10 point, a floating |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1440 point number specifying the amount by which to scale the height of any |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1441 underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old height |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1442 (from the underlying face), and should return the new height. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1443 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1444 @item :weight |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1445 Font weight---a symbol from this series (from most dense to most faint): |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1446 @code{ultra-bold}, @code{extra-bold}, @code{bold}, @code{semi-bold}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1447 @code{normal}, @code{semi-light}, @code{light}, @code{extra-light}, |
25875 | 1448 or @code{ultra-light}. |
25809
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1449 |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1450 On a text-only terminal, any weight greater than normal is displayed as |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1451 extra bright, and any weight less than normal is displayed as |
25875 | 1452 half-bright (provided the terminal supports the feature). |
1453 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1454 @item :slant |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1455 Font slant---one of the symbols @code{italic}, @code{oblique}, @code{normal}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1456 @code{reverse-italic}, or @code{reverse-oblique}. |
25809
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1457 |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1458 On a text-only terminal, slanted text is displayed as half-bright, if |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1459 the terminal supports the feature. |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1460 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1461 @item :foreground |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1462 Foreground color, a string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1463 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1464 @item :background |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1465 Background color, a string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1466 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1467 @item :inverse-video |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1468 Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1469 value should be @code{t} (yes) or @code{nil} (no). |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1470 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1471 @item :stipple |
25875 | 1472 The background stipple, a bitmap. |
1473 | |
1474 The value can be a string; that should be the name of a file containing | |
1475 external-format X bitmap data. The file is found in the directories | |
1476 listed in the variable @code{x-bitmap-file-path}. | |
1477 | |
1478 Alternatively, the value can specify the bitmap directly, with a list of | |
1479 the form @code{(@var{width} @var{height} @var{data})}. Here, | |
1480 @var{width} and @var{height} specify the size in pixels, and @var{data} | |
1481 is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap, row by row. Each row | |
1482 occupies @math{(@var{width} + 7) / 8} consecutie bytes in the string | |
1483 (which should be a unibyte string for best results). | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1485 If the value is @code{nil}, that means use no stipple pattern. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1486 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1487 Normally you do not need to set the stipple attribute, because it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1488 used automatically to handle certain shades of gray. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1489 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1490 @item :underline |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1491 Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color. If |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1492 the value is @code{t}, underlining uses the foreground color of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1493 face. If the value is a string, underlining uses that color. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1494 value @code{nil} means do not underline. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1495 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1496 @item :overline |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1497 Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1498 The value is used like that of @code{:underline}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1499 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1500 @item :strike-through |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1501 Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1502 color. The value is used like that of @code{:underline}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1503 |
32089
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1504 @item :inherit |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1505 The name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list of face |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1506 names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face like an |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1507 underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces. |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1508 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1509 @item :box |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1510 Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its color, the |
25875 | 1511 width of the box lines, and 3D appearance. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1512 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1513 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1514 Here are the possible values of the @code{:box} attribute, and what |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1515 they mean: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1516 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1517 @table @asis |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1518 @item @code{nil} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1519 Don't draw a box. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1520 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1521 @item @code{t} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1522 Draw a box with lines of width 1, in the foreground color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1523 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1524 @item @var{color} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1525 Draw a box with lines of width 1, in color @var{color}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1526 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1527 @item @code{(:line-width @var{width} :color @var{color} :style @var{style})} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1528 This way you can explicitly specify all aspects of the box. The value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1529 @var{width} specifies the width of the lines to draw; it defaults to 1. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1530 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1531 The value @var{color} specifies the color to draw with. The default is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1532 the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1533 color of the face for 3D boxes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1534 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1535 The value @var{style} specifies whether to draw a 3D box. If it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1536 @code{released-button}, the box looks like a 3D button that is not being |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1537 pressed. If it is @code{pressed-button}, the box looks like a 3D button |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1538 that is being pressed. If it is @code{nil} or omitted, a plain 2D box |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1539 is used. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1540 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1541 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1542 The attributes @code{:overline}, @code{:strike-through} and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1543 @code{:box} are new in Emacs 21. The attributes @code{:family}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1544 @code{:height}, @code{:width}, @code{:weight}, @code{:slant} are also |
25875 | 1545 new; previous versions used the following attributes, now semi-obsolete, |
1546 to specify some of the same information: | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1547 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1548 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1549 @item :font |
25875 | 1550 This attribute specifies the font name. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1551 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1552 @item :bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1553 A non-@code{nil} value specifies a bold font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1554 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1555 @item :italic |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1556 A non-@code{nil} value specifies an italic font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1557 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1558 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1559 For compatibility, you can still set these ``attributes'' in Emacs 21, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1560 even though they are not real face attributes. Here is what that does: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1561 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1562 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1563 @item :font |
25875 | 1564 You can specify an X font name as the ``value'' of this ``attribute''; |
1565 that sets the @code{:family}, @code{:width}, @code{:height}, | |
1566 @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} attributes according to the font name. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1567 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1568 If the value is a pattern with wildcards, the first font that matches |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1569 the pattern is used to set these attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1570 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1571 @item :bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1572 A non-@code{nil} makes the face bold; @code{nil} makes it normal. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1573 This actually works by setting the @code{:weight} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1574 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1575 @item :italic |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1576 A non-@code{nil} makes the face italic; @code{nil} makes it normal. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1577 This actually works by setting the @code{:slant} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1578 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1579 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1580 @defvar x-bitmap-file-path |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1581 This variable specifies a list of directories for searching |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1582 for bitmap files, for the @code{:stipple} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1583 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1584 |
25911
b192e4e3a9f5
Rename pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1585 @defun bitmap-spec-p object |
25875 | 1586 This returns @code{t} if @var{object} is a valid bitmap |
1587 specification, suitable for use with @code{:stipple}. | |
1588 It returns @code{nil} otherwise. | |
1589 @end defun | |
1590 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1591 @node Attribute Functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1592 @subsection Face Attribute Functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1593 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1594 You can modify the attributes of an existing face with the following |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1595 functions. If you specify @var{frame}, they affect just that frame; |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1596 otherwise, they affect all frames as well as the defaults that apply to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1597 new frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1598 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1599 @tindex set-face-attribute |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1600 @defun set-face-attribute face frame &rest arguments |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1601 This function sets one or more attributes of face @var{face} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1602 for frame @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, it sets |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1603 the attribute for all frames, and the defaults for new frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1605 The extra arguments @var{arguments} specify the attributes to set, and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1606 the values for them. They should consist of alternating attribute names |
25875 | 1607 (such as @code{:family} or @code{:underline}) and corresponding values. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1608 Thus, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1609 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1610 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1611 (set-face-attribute 'foo nil |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1612 :width :extended |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1613 :weight :bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1614 :underline "red") |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1615 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1616 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1617 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1618 sets the attributes @code{:width}, @code{:weight} and @code{:underline} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1619 to the corresponding values. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1620 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1621 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1622 @tindex face-attribute |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1623 @defun face-attribute face attribute &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1624 This returns the value of the @var{attribute} attribute of face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1625 @var{face} on @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1626 that means the selected frame. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1627 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1628 If @var{frame} is @code{t}, the value is the default for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1629 @var{face} for new frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1630 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1631 For example, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1632 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1633 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1634 (face-attribute 'bold :weight) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1635 @result{} bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1636 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1637 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1638 |
25875 | 1639 The functions above did not exist before Emacs 21. For compatibility |
1640 with older Emacs versions, you can use the following functions to set | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1641 and examine the face attributes which existed in those versions. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1642 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1643 @defun set-face-foreground face color &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1644 @defunx set-face-background face color &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1645 These functions set the foreground (or background, respectively) color |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1646 of face @var{face} to @var{color}. The argument @var{color} should be a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1647 string, the name of a color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1648 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1649 Certain shades of gray are implemented by stipple patterns on |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1650 black-and-white screens. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1651 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1652 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1653 @defun set-face-stipple face pattern &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1654 This function sets the background stipple pattern of face @var{face} to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1655 @var{pattern}. The argument @var{pattern} should be the name of a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1656 stipple pattern defined by the X server, or @code{nil} meaning don't use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1657 stipple. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1658 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1659 Normally there is no need to pay attention to stipple patterns, because |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1660 they are used automatically to handle certain shades of gray. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1661 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1662 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1663 @defun set-face-font face font &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1664 This function sets the font of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1665 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1666 In Emacs 21, this actually sets the attributes @code{:family}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1667 @code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1668 according to the font name @var{font}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1669 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1670 In Emacs 20, this sets the font attribute. Once you set the font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1671 explicitly, the bold and italic attributes cease to have any effect, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1672 because the precise font that you specified is used. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1673 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1674 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1675 @defun set-face-bold-p face bold-p &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1676 This function specifies whether @var{face} should be bold. If |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1677 @var{bold-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means yes; @code{nil} means no. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1678 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1679 In Emacs 21, this sets the @code{:weight} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1680 In Emacs 20, it sets the @code{:bold} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1681 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1682 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1683 @defun set-face-italic-p face italic-p &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1684 This function specifies whether @var{face} should be italic. If |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1685 @var{italic-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means yes; @code{nil} means no. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1686 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1687 In Emacs 21, this sets the @code{:slant} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1688 In Emacs 20, it sets the @code{:italic} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1689 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1690 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1691 @defun set-face-underline-p face underline-p &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1692 This function sets the underline attribute of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1693 Non-@code{nil} means do underline; @code{nil} means don't. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1694 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1695 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1696 @defun invert-face face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1697 This function inverts the @code{:inverse-video} attribute of face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1698 @var{face}. If the attribute is @code{nil}, this function sets it to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1699 @code{t}, and vice versa. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1700 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1701 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1702 These functions examine the attributes of a face. If you don't |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1703 specify @var{frame}, they refer to the default data for new frames. |
25875 | 1704 They return the symbol @code{unspecified} if the face doesn't define any |
1705 value for that attribute. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1706 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1707 @defun face-foreground face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1708 @defunx face-background face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1709 These functions return the foreground color (or background color, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1710 respectively) of face @var{face}, as a string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1711 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1712 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1713 @defun face-stipple face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1714 This function returns the name of the background stipple pattern of face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1715 @var{face}, or @code{nil} if it doesn't have one. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1716 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1717 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1718 @defun face-font face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1719 This function returns the name of the font of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1720 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1721 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1722 @defun face-bold-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1723 This function returns @code{t} if @var{face} is bold---that is, if it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1724 bolder than normal. It returns @code{nil} otherwise. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1725 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1726 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1727 @defun face-italic-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1728 This function returns @code{t} if @var{face} is italic or oblique, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1729 @code{nil} otherwise. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1730 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1731 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1732 @defun face-underline-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1733 This function returns the @code{:underline} attribute of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1734 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1735 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1736 @defun face-inverse-video-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1737 This function returns the @code{:inverse-video} attribute of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1738 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1739 |
6598 | 1740 @node Merging Faces |
1741 @subsection Merging Faces for Display | |
1742 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1743 Here are the ways to specify which faces to use for display of text: |
6598 | 1744 |
1745 @itemize @bullet | |
1746 @item | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1747 With defaults. The @code{default} face is used as the ultimate |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1748 default for all text. (In Emacs 19 and 20, the @code{default} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1749 face is used only when no other face is specified.) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1750 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1751 For a mode line or header line, the face @code{modeline} or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1752 @code{header-line} is used just before @code{default}. |
6598 | 1753 |
1754 @item | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1755 With text properties. A character can have a @code{face} property; if |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1756 so, the faces and face attributes specified there apply. @xref{Special |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1757 Properties}. |
6598 | 1758 |
1759 If the character has a @code{mouse-face} property, that is used instead | |
1760 of the @code{face} property when the mouse is ``near enough'' to the | |
1761 character. | |
1762 | |
1763 @item | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1764 With overlays. An overlay can have @code{face} and @code{mouse-face} |
6598 | 1765 properties too; they apply to all the text covered by the overlay. |
1766 | |
1767 @item | |
12098 | 1768 With a region that is active. In Transient Mark mode, the region is |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1769 highlighted with the face @code{region} (@pxref{Standard Faces}). |
12098 | 1770 |
1771 @item | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1772 With special glyphs. Each glyph can specify a particular face |
6598 | 1773 number. @xref{Glyphs}. |
1774 @end itemize | |
1775 | |
1776 If these various sources together specify more than one face for a | |
1777 particular character, Emacs merges the attributes of the various faces | |
1778 specified. The attributes of the faces of special glyphs come first; | |
12098 | 1779 then comes the face for region highlighting, if appropriate; |
6598 | 1780 then come attributes of faces from overlays, followed by those from text |
1781 properties, and last the default face. | |
1782 | |
1783 When multiple overlays cover one character, an overlay with higher | |
1784 priority overrides those with lower priority. @xref{Overlays}. | |
1785 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1786 In Emacs 20, if an attribute such as the font or a color is not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1787 specified in any of the above ways, the frame's own font or color is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1788 used. In newer Emacs versions, this cannot happen, because the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1789 @code{default} face specifies all attributes---in fact, the frame's own |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1790 font and colors are synonymous with those of the default face. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1791 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1792 @node Font Selection |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1793 @subsection Font Selection |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1794 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1795 @dfn{Selecting a font} means mapping the specified face attributes for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1796 a character to a font that is available on a particular display. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1797 face attributes, as determined by face merging, specify most of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1798 font choice, but not all. Part of the choice depends on what character |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1799 it is. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1800 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1801 For multibyte characters, typically each font covers only one |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1802 character set. So each character set (@pxref{Character Sets}) specifies |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1803 a registry and encoding to use, with the character set's |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1804 @code{x-charset-registry} property. Its value is a string containing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1805 the registry and the encoding, with a dash between them: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1806 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1807 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1808 (plist-get (charset-plist 'latin-iso8859-1) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1809 'x-charset-registry) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1810 @result{} "ISO8859-1" |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1811 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1812 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1813 Unibyte text does not have character sets, so displaying a unibyte |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1814 character takes the registry and encoding from the variable |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1815 @code{face-default-registry}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1816 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1817 @defvar face-default-registry |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1818 This variable specifies which registry and encoding to use in choosing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1819 fonts for unibyte characters. The value is initialized at Emacs startup |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1820 time from the font the user specified for Emacs. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1821 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1822 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1823 If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1824 pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1825 family, a font pattern is constructed. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1826 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1827 Emacs tries to find an available font for the given face attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1828 and character's registry and encoding. If there is a font that matches |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1829 exactly, it is used, of course. The hard case is when no available font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1830 exactly fits the specification. Then Emacs looks for one that is |
27654
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
1831 ``close''---one attribute at a time. You can specify the order to |
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
1832 consider the attributes. In the case where a specified font family is |
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
1833 not available, you can specify a set of mappings for alternatives to |
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
1834 try. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1835 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1836 @defvar face-font-selection-order |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1837 @tindex face-font-selection-order |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1838 This variable specifies the order of importance of the face attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1839 @code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant}. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1840 value should be a list containing those four symbols, in order of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1841 decreasing importance. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1842 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1843 Font selection first finds the best available matches for the first |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1844 attribute listed; then, among the fonts which are best in that way, it |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1845 searches for the best matches in the second attribute, and so on. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1846 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1847 The attributes @code{:weight} and @code{:width} have symbolic values in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1848 a range centered around @code{normal}. Matches that are more extreme |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1849 (farther from @code{normal}) are somewhat preferred to matches that are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1850 less extreme (closer to @code{normal}); this is designed to ensure that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1851 non-normal faces contrast with normal ones, whenever possible. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1852 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1853 The default is @code{(:width :height :weight :slant)}, which means first |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1854 find the fonts closest to the specified @code{:width}, then---among the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1855 fonts with that width---find a best match for the specified font height, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1856 and so on. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1857 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1858 One example of a case where this variable makes a difference is when the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1859 default font has no italic equivalent. With the default ordering, the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1860 @code{italic} face will use a non-italic font that is similar to the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1861 default one. But if you put @code{:slant} before @code{:height}, the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1862 @code{italic} face will use an italic font, even if its height is not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1863 quite right. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1864 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1865 |
33373 | 1866 @defvar face-font-family-alternatives |
1867 @tindex face-font-family-alternatives | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1868 This variable lets you specify alternative font families to try, if a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1869 given family is specified and doesn't exist. Each element should have |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1870 this form: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1871 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1872 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1873 (@var{family} @var{alternate-families}@dots{}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1874 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1875 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1876 If @var{family} is specified but not available, Emacs will try the other |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1877 families given in @var{alternate-families}, one by one, until it finds a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1878 family that does exist. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1879 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1880 |
33373 | 1881 @defvar face-font-registry-alternatives |
1882 @tindex face-font-registry-alternatives | |
1883 This variable lets you specify alternative font registries to try, if a | |
1884 given registry is specified and doesn't exist. Each element should have | |
1885 this form: | |
1886 | |
1887 @example | |
1888 (@var{registry} @var{alternate-registries}@dots{}) | |
1889 @end example | |
1890 | |
1891 If @var{registry} is specified but not available, Emacs will try the | |
1892 other registries given in @var{alternate-registries}, one by one, | |
1893 until it finds a registry that does exist. | |
1894 @end defvar | |
1895 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1896 Emacs can make use of scalable fonts, but by default it does not use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1897 them, since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts can crash |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1898 XFree86 servers. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1899 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1900 @defvar scalable-fonts-allowed |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1901 @tindex scalable-fonts-allowed |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1902 This variable controls which scalable fonts to use. A value of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1903 @code{nil}, the default, means do not use scalable fonts. @code{t} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1904 means to use any scalable font that seems appropriate for the text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1905 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1906 Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. Then a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1907 scalable font is enabled for use if its name matches any regular |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1908 expression in the list. For example, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1909 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1910 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1911 (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$")) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1912 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1913 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1914 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1915 allows the use of scalable fonts with registry @code{muleindian-2}. |
26698
73f718a9df4b
(Overlays): Add menu entry for Finding Overlays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26696
diff
changeset
|
1916 @end defvar |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1917 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1918 @defun clear-face-cache &optional unload-p |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1919 @tindex clear-face-cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1920 This function clears the face cache for all frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1921 If @var{unload-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means to unload |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1922 all unused fonts as well. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1923 @end defun |
6598 | 1924 |
1925 @node Face Functions | |
1926 @subsection Functions for Working with Faces | |
1927 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1928 Here are additional functions for creating and working with faces. |
6598 | 1929 |
1930 @defun make-face name | |
1931 This function defines a new face named @var{name}, initially with all | |
1932 attributes @code{nil}. It does nothing if there is already a face named | |
1933 @var{name}. | |
1934 @end defun | |
1935 | |
1936 @defun face-list | |
1937 This function returns a list of all defined face names. | |
1938 @end defun | |
1939 | |
1940 @defun copy-face old-face new-name &optional frame new-frame | |
1941 This function defines the face @var{new-name} as a copy of the existing | |
1942 face named @var{old-face}. It creates the face @var{new-name} if that | |
1943 doesn't already exist. | |
1944 | |
1945 If the optional argument @var{frame} is given, this function applies | |
1946 only to that frame. Otherwise it applies to each frame individually, | |
1947 copying attributes from @var{old-face} in each frame to @var{new-face} | |
1948 in the same frame. | |
1949 | |
1950 If the optional argument @var{new-frame} is given, then @code{copy-face} | |
1951 copies the attributes of @var{old-face} in @var{frame} to @var{new-name} | |
1952 in @var{new-frame}. | |
1953 @end defun | |
1954 | |
12098 | 1955 @defun face-id face |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1956 This function returns the face number of face @var{face}. |
6598 | 1957 @end defun |
1958 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1959 @defun face-documentation face |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1960 This function returns the documentation string of face @var{face}, or |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1961 @code{nil} if none was specified for it. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1962 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1963 |
6598 | 1964 @defun face-equal face1 face2 &optional frame |
1965 This returns @code{t} if the faces @var{face1} and @var{face2} have the | |
1966 same attributes for display. | |
1967 @end defun | |
1968 | |
1969 @defun face-differs-from-default-p face &optional frame | |
1970 This returns @code{t} if the face @var{face} displays differently from | |
25875 | 1971 the default face. A face is considered to be ``the same'' as the |
1972 default face if each attribute is either the same as that of the default | |
1973 face, or unspecified (meaning to inherit from the default). | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1974 @end defun |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1975 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1976 @node Auto Faces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1977 @subsection Automatic Face Assignment |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1978 @cindex automatic face assignment |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1979 @cindex faces, automatic choice |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1980 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1981 @cindex Font-Lock mode |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1982 Starting with Emacs 21, a hook is available for automatically |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1983 assigning faces to text in the buffer. This hook is used for part of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1984 the implementation of Font-Lock mode. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1985 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1986 @tindex fontification-functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1987 @defvar fontification-functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1988 This variable holds a list of functions that are called by Emacs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1989 redisplay as needed to assign faces automatically to text in the buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1990 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1991 The functions are called in the order listed, with one argument, a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1992 buffer position @var{pos}. Each function should attempt to assign faces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1993 to the text in the current buffer starting at @var{pos}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1994 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1995 Each function should record the faces they assign by setting the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1996 @code{face} property. It should also add a non-@code{nil} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1997 @code{fontified} property for all the text it has assigned faces to. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1998 That property tells redisplay that faces have been assigned to that text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1999 already. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2000 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2001 It is probably a good idea for each function to do nothing if the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2002 character after @var{pos} already has a non-@code{nil} @code{fontified} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2003 property, but this is not required. If one function overrides the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2004 assignments made by a previous one, the properties as they are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2005 after the last function finishes are the ones that really matter. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2006 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2007 For efficiency, we recommend writing these functions so that they |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2008 usually assign faces to around 400 to 600 characters at each call. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2009 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2010 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2011 @node Font Lookup |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2012 @subsection Looking Up Fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2013 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2014 @defun x-list-fonts pattern &optional face frame maximum |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2015 This function returns a list of available font names that match |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2016 @var{pattern}. If the optional arguments @var{face} and @var{frame} are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2017 specified, then the list is limited to fonts that are the same size as |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2018 @var{face} currently is on @var{frame}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2019 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2020 The argument @var{pattern} should be a string, perhaps with wildcard |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2021 characters: the @samp{*} character matches any substring, and the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2022 @samp{?} character matches any single character. Pattern matching |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2023 of font names ignores case. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2024 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2025 If you specify @var{face} and @var{frame}, @var{face} should be a face name |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2026 (a symbol) and @var{frame} should be a frame. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2027 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2028 The optional argument @var{maximum} sets a limit on how many fonts to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2029 return. If this is non-@code{nil}, then the return value is truncated |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2030 after the first @var{maximum} matching fonts. Specifying a small value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2031 for @var{maximum} can make this function much faster, in cases where |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2032 many fonts match the pattern. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2033 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2034 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2035 These additional functions are available starting in Emacs 21. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2036 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2037 @defun x-family-fonts &optional family frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2038 @tindex x-family-fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2039 This function returns a list describing the available fonts for family |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2040 @var{family} on @var{frame}. If @var{family} is omitted or @code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2041 this list applies to all families, and therefore, it contains all |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2042 available fonts. Otherwise, @var{family} must be a string; it may |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2043 contain the wildcards @samp{?} and @samp{*}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2044 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2045 The list describes the display that @var{frame} is on; if @var{frame} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2046 omitted or @code{nil}, it applies to the selected frame's display. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2047 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2048 The list contains a vector of the following form for each font: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2049 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2050 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2051 [@var{family} @var{width} @var{point-size} @var{weight} @var{slant} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2052 @var{fixed-p} @var{full} @var{registry-and-encoding}] |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2053 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2054 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2055 The first five elements correspond to face attributes; if you |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2056 specify these attributes for a face, it will use this font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2057 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2058 The last three elements give additional information about the font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2059 @var{fixed-p} is non-nil if the font is fixed-pitch. @var{full} is the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2060 full name of the font, and @var{registry-and-encoding} is a string |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2061 giving the registry and encoding of the font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2062 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2063 The result list is sorted according to the current face font sort order. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2064 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2065 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2066 @defun x-font-family-list &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2067 @tindex x-font-family-list |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2068 This function returns a list of the font families available for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2069 @var{frame}'s display. If @var{frame} is omitted or @code{nil}, it |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2070 describes the selected frame's display. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2071 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2072 The value is a list of elements of this form: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2073 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2074 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2075 (@var{family} . @var{fixed-p}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2076 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2077 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2078 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2079 Here @var{family} is a font family, and @var{fixed-p} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2080 non-@code{nil} if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2081 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2082 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2083 @defvar font-list-limit |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2084 @tindex font-list-limit |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2085 This variable specifies maximum number of fonts to consider in font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2086 matching. The function @code{x-family-fonts} will not return more than |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2087 that many fonts, and font selection will consider only that many fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2088 when searching a matching font for face attributes. The default is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2089 currently 100. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2090 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2091 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2092 @node Fontsets |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2093 @subsection Fontsets |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2094 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2095 A @dfn{fontset} is a list of fonts, each assigned to a range of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2096 character codes. An individual font cannot display the whole range of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2097 characters that Emacs supports, but a fontset can. Fontsets have names, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2098 just as fonts do, and you can use a fontset name in place of a font name |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2099 when you specify the ``font'' for a frame or a face. Here is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2100 information about defining a fontset under Lisp program control. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2101 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2102 @defun create-fontset-from-fontset-spec fontset-spec &optional style-variant-p noerror |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2103 This function defines a new fontset according to the specification |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2104 string @var{fontset-spec}. The string should have this format: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2105 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2106 @smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2107 @var{fontpattern}, @r{[}@var{charsetname}:@var{fontname}@r{]@dots{}} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2108 @end smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2109 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2110 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2111 Whitespace characters before and after the commas are ignored. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2112 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2113 The first part of the string, @var{fontpattern}, should have the form of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2114 a standard X font name, except that the last two fields should be |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2115 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2116 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2117 The new fontset has two names, one long and one short. The long name is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2118 @var{fontpattern} in its entirety. The short name is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2119 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}}. You can refer to the fontset by either |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2120 name. If a fontset with the same name already exists, an error is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2121 signaled, unless @var{noerror} is non-@code{nil}, in which case this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2122 function does nothing. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2123 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2124 If optional argument @var{style-variant-p} is non-@code{nil}, that says |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2125 to create bold, italic and bold-italic variants of the fontset as well. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2126 These variant fontsets do not have a short name, only a long one, which |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2127 is made by altering @var{fontpattern} to indicate the bold or italic |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2128 status. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2129 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2130 The specification string also says which fonts to use in the fontset. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2131 See below for the details. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2132 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2133 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2134 The construct @samp{@var{charset}:@var{font}} specifies which font to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2135 use (in this fontset) for one particular character set. Here, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2136 @var{charset} is the name of a character set, and @var{font} is the font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2137 to use for that character set. You can use this construct any number of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2138 times in the specification string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2139 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2140 For the remaining character sets, those that you don't specify |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2141 explicitly, Emacs chooses a font based on @var{fontpattern}: it replaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2142 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}} with a value that names one character set. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2143 For the @sc{ascii} character set, @samp{fontset-@var{alias}} is replaced |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2144 with @samp{ISO8859-1}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2145 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2146 In addition, when several consecutive fields are wildcards, Emacs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2147 collapses them into a single wildcard. This is to prevent use of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2148 auto-scaled fonts. Fonts made by scaling larger fonts are not usable |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2149 for editing, and scaling a smaller font is not useful because it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2150 better to use the smaller font in its own size, which Emacs does. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2151 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2152 Thus if @var{fontpattern} is this, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2153 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2154 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2155 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2156 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2157 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2158 @noindent |
27374
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27332
diff
changeset
|
2159 the font specification for @sc{ascii} characters would be this: |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2160 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2161 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2162 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2163 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2164 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2165 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2166 and the font specification for Chinese GB2312 characters would be this: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2167 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2168 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2169 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-* |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2170 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2171 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2172 You may not have any Chinese font matching the above font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2173 specification. Most X distributions include only Chinese fonts that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2174 have @samp{song ti} or @samp{fangsong ti} in the @var{family} field. In |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2175 such a case, @samp{Fontset-@var{n}} can be specified as below: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2176 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2177 @smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2178 Emacs.Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24,\ |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2179 chinese-gb2312:-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-* |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2180 @end smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2181 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2182 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2183 Then, the font specifications for all but Chinese GB2312 characters have |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2184 @samp{fixed} in the @var{family} field, and the font specification for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2185 Chinese GB2312 characters has a wild card @samp{*} in the @var{family} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2186 field. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2187 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2188 @node Display Property |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2189 @section The @code{display} Property |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2190 @cindex display specification |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2191 @kindex display @r{(text property)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2192 |
25875 | 2193 The @code{display} text property (or overlay property) is used to |
2194 insert images into text, and also control other aspects of how text | |
2195 displays. These features are available starting in Emacs 21. The value | |
2196 of the @code{display} property should be a display specification, or a | |
2197 list or vector containing several display specifications. The rest of | |
2198 this section describes several kinds of display specifications and what | |
2199 they mean. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2201 @menu |
25875 | 2202 * Specified Space:: Displaying one space with a specified width. |
2203 * Other Display Specs:: Displaying an image; magnifying text; moving it | |
2204 up or down on the page; adjusting the width | |
2205 of spaces within text. | |
2206 * Display Margins:: Displaying text or images to the side of the main text. | |
2207 * Conditional Display:: Making any of the above features conditional | |
2208 depending on some Lisp expression. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2209 @end menu |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2210 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2211 @node Specified Space |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2212 @subsection Specified Spaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2213 @cindex spaces, specified height or width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2214 @cindex specified spaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2215 @cindex variable-width spaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2216 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2217 To display a space of specified width and/or height, use a display |
25875 | 2218 specification of the form @code{(space . @var{props})}, where |
2219 @var{props} is a property list (a list of alternating properties and | |
2220 values). You can put this property on one or more consecutive | |
2221 characters; a space of the specified height and width is displayed in | |
2222 place of @emph{all} of those characters. These are the properties you | |
2223 can use to specify the weight of the space: | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2224 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2225 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2226 @item :width @var{width} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2227 Specifies that the space width should be @var{width} times the normal |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2228 character width. @var{width} can be an integer or floating point |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2229 number. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2230 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2231 @item :relative-width @var{factor} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2232 Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2233 first character in the group of consecutive characters that have the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2234 same @code{display} property. The space width is the width of that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2235 character, multiplied by @var{factor}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2236 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2237 @item :align-to @var{hpos} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2238 Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach @var{hpos}. The |
25875 | 2239 value @var{hpos} is measured in units of the normal character width. It |
2240 may be an interer or a floating point number. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2241 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2242 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2243 Exactly one of the above properties should be used. You can also |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2244 specify the height of the space, with other properties: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2245 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2246 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2247 @item :height @var{height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2248 Specifies the height of the space, as @var{height}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2249 measured in terms of the normal line height. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2250 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2251 @item :relative-height @var{factor} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2252 Specifies the height of the space, multiplying the ordinary height |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2253 of the text having this display specification by @var{factor}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2254 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2255 @item :ascent @var{ascent} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2256 Specifies that @var{ascent} percent of the height of the space should be |
25875 | 2257 considered as the ascent of the space---that is, the part above the |
2258 baseline. The value of @var{ascent} must be a non-negative number no | |
2259 greater than 100. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2260 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2261 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2262 You should not use both @code{:height} and @code{:relative-height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2263 together. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2264 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2265 @node Other Display Specs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2266 @subsection Other Display Specifications |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2267 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2268 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2269 @item (image . @var{image-props}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2270 This is in fact an image descriptor (@pxref{Images}). When used as a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2271 display specification, it means to display the image instead of the text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2272 that has the display specification. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2273 |
32467 | 2274 @item ((margin nil) @var{string}) |
2275 @itemx @var{string} | |
2276 A display specification of this form means to display @var{string} | |
2277 instead of the text that has the display specification, at the same | |
2278 position as that text. This is a special case of marginal display | |
2279 (@pxref{Display Margins}). | |
2280 | |
36935 | 2281 Recursive display specifications are not supported, i.e.@: string |
2282 display specifications that have a display specification property | |
2283 themselves. | |
2284 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2285 @item (space-width @var{factor}) |
25875 | 2286 This display specification affects all the space characters within the |
2287 text that has the specification. It displays all of these spaces | |
2288 @var{factor} times as wide as normal. The element @var{factor} should | |
2289 be an integer or float. Characters other than spaces are not affected | |
2290 at all; in particular, this has no effect on tab characters. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2291 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2292 @item (height @var{height}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2293 This display specification makes the text taller or shorter. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2294 Here are the possibilities for @var{height}: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2295 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2296 @table @asis |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2297 @item @code{(+ @var{n})} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2298 This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps larger. A ``step'' is |
25875 | 2299 defined by the set of available fonts---specifically, those that match |
2300 what was otherwise specified for this text, in all attributes except | |
2301 height. Each size for which a suitable font is available counts as | |
2302 another step. @var{n} should be an integer. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2303 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2304 @item @code{(- @var{n})} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2305 This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps smaller. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2306 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2307 @item a number, @var{factor} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2308 A number, @var{factor}, means to use a font that is @var{factor} times |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2309 as tall as the default font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2310 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2311 @item a symbol, @var{function} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2312 A symbol is a function to compute the height. It is called with the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2313 current height as argument, and should return the new height to use. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2314 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2315 @item anything else, @var{form} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2316 If the @var{height} value doesn't fit the previous possibilities, it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2317 a form. Emacs evaluates it to get the new height, with the symbol |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2318 @code{height} bound to the current specified font height. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2319 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2320 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2321 @item (raise @var{factor}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2322 This kind of display specification raises or lowers the text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2323 it applies to, relative to the baseline of the line. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2324 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2325 @var{factor} must be a number, which is interpreted as a multiple of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2326 height of the affected text. If it is positive, that means to display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2327 the characters raised. If it is negative, that means to display them |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2328 lower down. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2329 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2330 If the text also has a @code{height} display specification, that does |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2331 not affect the amount of raising or lowering, which is based on the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2332 faces used for the text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2333 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2334 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2335 @node Display Margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2336 @subsection Displaying in the Margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2337 @cindex display margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2338 @cindex margins, display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2339 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2340 A buffer can have blank areas called @dfn{display margins} on the left |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2341 and on the right. Ordinary text never appears in these areas, but you |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2342 can put things into the display margins using the @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2343 property. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2344 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2345 To put text in the left or right display margin of the window, use a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2346 display specification of the form @code{(margin right-margin)} or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2347 @code{(margin left-margin)} on it. To put an image in a display margin, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2348 use that display specification along with the display specification for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2349 the image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2350 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2351 Before the display margins can display anything, you must give |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2352 them a nonzero width. The usual way to do that is to set these |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2353 variables: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2354 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2355 @defvar left-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2356 @tindex left-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2357 This variable specifies the width of the left margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2358 It is buffer-local in all buffers. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2359 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2360 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2361 @defvar right-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2362 @tindex right-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2363 This variable specifies the width of the right margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2364 It is buffer-local in all buffers. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2365 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2366 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2367 Setting these variables does not immediately affect the window. These |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2368 variables are checked when a new buffer is displayed in the window. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2369 Thus, you can make changes take effect by calling |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2370 @code{set-window-buffer}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2371 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2372 You can also set the margin widths immediately. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2373 |
36935 | 2374 @defun set-window-margins window left &optional right |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2375 @tindex set-window-margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2376 This function specifies the margin widths for window @var{window}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2377 The argument @var{left} controls the left margin and |
36935 | 2378 @var{right} controls the right margin (default @code{0}). |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2379 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2380 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2381 @defun window-margins &optional window |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2382 @tindex window-margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2383 This function returns the left and right margins of @var{window} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2384 as a cons cell of the form @code{(@var{left} . @var{right})}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2385 If @var{window} is @code{nil}, the selected window is used. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2386 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2387 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2388 @node Conditional Display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2389 @subsection Conditional Display Specifications |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2390 @cindex conditional display specifications |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2391 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2392 You can make any display specification conditional. To do that, |
29471 | 2393 package it in another list of the form @code{(when @var{condition} . |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2394 @var{spec})}. Then the specification @var{spec} applies only when |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2395 @var{condition} evaluates to a non-@code{nil} value. During the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2396 evaluation, point is temporarily set at the end position of the text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2397 having this conditional display specification. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2398 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2399 @node Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2400 @section Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2401 @cindex images in buffers |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2402 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2403 To display an image in an Emacs buffer, you must first create an image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2404 descriptor, then use it as a display specifier in the @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2405 property of text that is displayed (@pxref{Display Property}). Like the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2406 @code{display} property, this feature is available starting in Emacs 21. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2407 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2408 Emacs can display a number of different image formats; some of them |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2409 are supported only if particular support libraries are installed on your |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2410 machine. The supported image formats include XBM, XPM (needing the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2411 libraries @code{libXpm} version 3.4k and @code{libz}), GIF (needing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2412 @code{libungif} 4.1.0), Postscript, PBM, JPEG (needing the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2413 @code{libjpeg} library version v6a), TIFF (needing @code{libtiff} v3.4), |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2414 and PNG (needing @code{libpng} 1.0.2). |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2415 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2416 You specify one of these formats with an image type symbol. The image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2417 type symbols are @code{xbm}, @code{xpm}, @code{gif}, @code{postscript}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2418 @code{pbm}, @code{jpeg}, @code{tiff}, and @code{png}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2419 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2420 @defvar image-types |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2421 This variable contains a list of those image type symbols that are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2422 supported in the current configuration. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2423 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2424 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2425 @menu |
25875 | 2426 * Image Descriptors:: How to specify an image for use in @code{:display}. |
2427 * XBM Images:: Special features for XBM format. | |
2428 * XPM Images:: Special features for XPM format. | |
2429 * GIF Images:: Special features for GIF format. | |
2430 * Postscript Images:: Special features for Postscript format. | |
2431 * Other Image Types:: Various other formats are supported. | |
2432 * Defining Images:: Convenient ways to define an image for later use. | |
2433 * Showing Images:: Convenient ways to display an image once it is defined. | |
2434 * Image Cache:: Internal mechanisms of image display. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2435 @end menu |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2436 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2437 @node Image Descriptors |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2438 @subsection Image Descriptors |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2439 @cindex image descriptor |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2440 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2441 An image description is a list of the form @code{(image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2442 . @var{props})}, where @var{props} is a property list containing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2443 alternating keyword symbols (symbols whose names start with a colon) and |
26400 | 2444 their values. You can use any Lisp object as a property, but the only |
2445 properties that have any special meaning are certain symbols, all of | |
2446 them keywords. | |
2447 | |
2448 Every image descriptor must contain the property @code{:type | |
2449 @var{type}} to specify the format of the image. The value of @var{type} | |
2450 should be an image type symbol; for example, @code{xpm} for an image in | |
2451 XPM format. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2452 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2453 Here is a list of other properties that are meaningful for all image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2454 types: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2455 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2456 @table @code |
36730
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2457 @item :file @var{file} |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2458 The @code{:file} property specifies to load the image from file |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2459 @var{file}. If @var{file} is not an absolute file name, it is expanded |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2460 in @code{data-directory}. |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2461 |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2462 @item :data @var{data} |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2463 The @code{:data} property specifies the actual contents of the image. |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2464 Each image must use either @code{:data} or @code{:file}, but not both. |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2465 For most image types, the value of the @code{:data} property should be a |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2466 string containing the image data; we recommend using a unibyte string. |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2467 |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2468 Before using @code{:data}, look for further information in the section |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2469 below describing the specific image format. For some image types, |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2470 @code{:data} may not be supported; for some, it allows other data types; |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2471 for some, @code{:data} alone is not enough, so you need to use other |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2472 image properties along with @code{:data}. |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2473 |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2474 @item :margin @var{margin} |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2475 The @code{:margin} property specifies how many pixels to add as an |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2476 extra margin around the image. The value, @var{margin}, must be a a |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2477 non-negative number, or a pair @code{(@var{x} . @var{y})} of such |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2478 numbers. If it is a pair, @var{x} specifies how many pixels to add |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2479 horizontally, and @var{y} specifies how many pixels to add vertically. |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2480 If @code{:margin} is not specified, the default is zero. |
1c038a1a02a1
Move :file, :data and :margin first in the table
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36351
diff
changeset
|
2481 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2482 @item :ascent @var{ascent} |
29151 | 2483 The @code{:ascent} property specifies the amount of the image's |
2484 height to use for its ascent---that is, the part above the baseline. | |
2485 The value, @var{ascent}, must be a number in the range 0 to 100, or | |
2486 the symbol @code{center}. | |
2487 | |
2488 If @var{ascent} is a number, that percentage of the image's height is | |
2489 used for its ascent. | |
2490 | |
2491 If @var{ascent} is @code{center}, the image is vertically centered | |
2492 around a centerline which would be the vertical centerline of text drawn | |
2493 at the position of the image, in the manner specified by the text | |
2494 properties and overlays that apply to the image. | |
2495 | |
2496 If this property is omitted, it defaults to 50. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2497 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2498 @item :relief @var{relief} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2499 The @code{:relief} property, if non-@code{nil}, adds a shadow rectangle |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2500 around the image. The value, @var{relief}, specifies the width of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2501 shadow lines, in pixels. If @var{relief} is negative, shadows are drawn |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2502 so that the image appears as a pressed button; otherwise, it appears as |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2503 an unpressed button. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2504 |
35364 | 2505 @item :conversion @var{algorithm} |
2506 The @code{:conversion} property, if non-@code{nil}, specifies a | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2507 conversion algorithm that should be applied to the image before it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2508 displayed; the value, @var{algorithm}, specifies which algorithm. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2509 |
33996 | 2510 @table @code |
2511 @item laplace | |
2512 @itemx emboss | |
2513 Specifies the Laplace edge detection algorithm, which blurs out small | |
2514 differences in color while highlighting larger differences. People | |
2515 sometimes consider this useful for displaying the image for a | |
2516 ``disabled'' button. | |
2517 | |
2518 @item (edge-detection :matrix @var{matrix} :color-adjust @var{adjust}) | |
2519 Specifies a general edge-detection algorithm. @var{matrix} must be | |
2520 either a nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers. A pixel | |
2521 at position @math{x/y} in the transformed image is computed from | |
2522 original pixels around that position. @var{matrix} specifies, for each | |
2523 pixel in the neighborhood of @math{x/y}, a factor with which that pixel | |
2524 will influence the transformed pixel; element @math{0} specifies the | |
2525 factor for the pixel at @math{x-1/y-1}, element @math{1} the factor for | |
2526 the pixel at @math{x/y-1} etc., as shown below: | |
2527 @iftex | |
2528 @tex | |
2529 $$\pmatrix{x-1/y-1 & x/y-1 & x+1/y-1 \cr | |
2530 x-1/y & x/y & x+1/y \cr | |
2531 x-1/y+1& x/y+1 & x+1/y+1 \cr}$$ | |
2532 @end tex | |
2533 @end iftex | |
2534 @ifnottex | |
2535 @display | |
2536 (x-1/y-1 x/y-1 x+1/y-1 | |
2537 x-1/y x/y x+1/y | |
2538 x-1/y+1 x/y+1 x+1/y+1) | |
2539 @end display | |
2540 @end ifnottex | |
2541 | |
2542 The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color | |
2543 resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels, | |
2544 multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum | |
2545 of the factors' absolute values. | |
2546 | |
2547 Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of | |
2548 @iftex | |
2549 @tex | |
2550 $$\pmatrix{1 & 0 & 0 \cr | |
2551 0& 0 & 0 \cr | |
2552 9 & 9 & -1 \cr}$$ | |
2553 @end tex | |
2554 @end iftex | |
2555 @ifnottex | |
2556 @display | |
2557 (1 0 0 | |
2558 0 0 0 | |
2559 9 9 -1) | |
2560 @end display | |
2561 @end ifnottex | |
2562 | |
2563 Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of | |
2564 @iftex | |
2565 @tex | |
2566 $$\pmatrix{ 2 & -1 & 0 \cr | |
2567 -1 & 0 & 1 \cr | |
2568 0 & 1 & -2 \cr}$$ | |
2569 @end tex | |
2570 @end iftex | |
2571 @ifnottex | |
2572 @display | |
2573 ( 2 -1 0 | |
2574 -1 0 1 | |
2575 0 1 -2) | |
2576 @end display | |
2577 @end ifnottex | |
2578 | |
2579 @item disabled | |
2580 Specifies transforming the image so that it looks ``disabled''. | |
2581 @end table | |
2582 | |
2583 @item :mask @var{mask} | |
2584 If @var{mask} is @code{heuristic} or @code{(heuristic @var{bg})}, build | |
2585 a clipping mask for the image, so that the background of a frame is | |
2586 visible behind the image. If @var{bg} is not specified, or if @var{bg} | |
2587 is @code{t}, determine the background color of the image by looking at | |
2588 the four corners of the image, assuming the most frequently occurring | |
2589 color from the corners is the background color of the image. Otherwise, | |
2590 @var{bg} must be a list @code{(@var{red} @var{green} @var{blue})} | |
2591 specifying the color to assume for the background of the image. | |
2592 | |
2593 If @var{mask} is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one. Images | |
2594 in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying | |
2595 @code{:mask nil}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2596 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2597 |
33996 | 2598 @defun image-mask-p spec &optional frame |
2599 @tindex image-mask-p | |
2600 This function returns @code{t} if image @var{spec} has a mask bitmap. | |
2601 @var{frame} is the frame on which the image will be displayed. | |
2602 @var{frame} @code{nil} or omitted means to use the selected frame. | |
2603 @end defun | |
2604 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2605 @node XBM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2606 @subsection XBM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2607 @cindex XBM |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2608 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2609 To use XBM format, specify @code{xbm} as the image type. This image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2610 format doesn't require an external library, so images of this type are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2611 always supported. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2612 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2613 Additional image properties supported for the @code{xbm} image type are: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2614 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2615 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2616 @item :foreground @var{foreground} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2617 The value, @var{foreground}, should be a string specifying the image |
37949
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2618 foreground color, or @code{nil} for the default color. This color is |
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2619 used for each pixel in the XBM that is 1. The default is the frame's |
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2620 foreground color. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2621 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2622 @item :background @var{background} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2623 The value, @var{background}, should be a string specifying the image |
37949
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2624 background color, or @code{nil} for the default color. This color is |
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2625 used for each pixel in the XBM that is 0. The default is the frame's |
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2626 background color. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2627 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2629 If you specify an XBM image using data within Emacs instead of an |
28792 | 2630 external file, use the following three properties: |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2631 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2632 @table @code |
28792 | 2633 @item :data @var{data} |
2634 The value, @var{data}, specifies the contents of the image. | |
2635 There are three formats you can use for @var{data}: | |
2636 | |
2637 @itemize @bullet | |
2638 @item | |
2639 A vector of strings or bool-vectors, each specifying one line of the | |
2640 image. Do specify @code{:height} and @code{:width}. | |
2641 | |
2642 @item | |
2643 A string containing the same byte sequence as an XBM file would contain. | |
2644 You must not specify @code{:height} and @code{:width} in this case, | |
2645 because omitting them is what indicates the data has the format of an | |
2646 XBM file. The file contents specify the height and width of the image. | |
2647 | |
2648 @item | |
2649 A string or a bool-vector containing the bits of the image (plus perhaps | |
2650 some extra bits at the end that will not be used). It should contain at | |
2651 least @var{width} * @code{height} bits. In this case, you must specify | |
2652 @code{:height} and @code{:width}, both to indicate that the string | |
2653 contains just the bits rather than a whole XBM file, and to specify the | |
2654 size of the image. | |
2655 @end itemize | |
2656 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2657 @item :width @var{width} |
28792 | 2658 The value, @var{width}, specifies the width of the image, in pixels. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2659 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2660 @item :height @var{height} |
28792 | 2661 The value, @var{height}, specifies the height of the image, in pixels. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2662 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2663 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2664 @node XPM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2665 @subsection XPM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2666 @cindex XPM |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2667 |
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2668 To use XPM format, specify @code{xpm} as the image type. The |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2669 additional image property @code{:color-symbols} is also meaningful with |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2670 the @code{xpm} image type: |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2671 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2672 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2673 @item :color-symbols @var{symbols} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2674 The value, @var{symbols}, should be an alist whose elements have the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2675 form @code{(@var{name} . @var{color})}. In each element, @var{name} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2676 the name of a color as it appears in the image file, and @var{color} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2677 specifies the actual color to use for displaying that name. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2678 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2679 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2680 @node GIF Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2681 @subsection GIF Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2682 @cindex GIF |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2683 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2684 For GIF images, specify image type @code{gif}. Because of the patents |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2685 in the US covering the LZW algorithm, the continued use of GIF format is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2686 a problem for the whole Internet; to end this problem, it is a good idea |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2687 for everyone, even outside the US, to stop using GIFS right away |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2688 (@uref{http://www.burnallgifs.org/}). But if you still want to use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2689 them, Emacs can display them. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2690 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2691 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2692 @item :index @var{index} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2693 You can use @code{:index} to specify one image from a GIF file that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2694 contains more than one image. This property specifies use of image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2695 number @var{index} from the file. An error is signaled if the GIF file |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2696 doesn't contain an image with index @var{index}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2697 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2698 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2699 @ignore |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2700 This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2701 For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2702 at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2703 every 0.1 seconds. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2704 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2705 (defun show-anim (file max) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2706 "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages." |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2707 (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2708 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2709 (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2710 (when (= idx max) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2711 (setq idx 0)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2712 (let ((img (create-image file nil :image idx))) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2713 (save-excursion |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2714 (set-buffer buffer) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2715 (goto-char (point-min)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2716 (unless first-time (delete-char 1)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2717 (insert-image img)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2718 (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil))) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2719 @end ignore |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2720 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2721 @node Postscript Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2722 @subsection Postscript Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2723 @cindex Postscript images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2724 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2725 To use Postscript for an image, specify image type @code{postscript}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2726 This works only if you have Ghostscript installed. You must always use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2727 these three properties: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2728 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2729 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2730 @item :pt-width @var{width} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2731 The value, @var{width}, specifies the width of the image measured in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2732 points (1/72 inch). @var{width} must be an integer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2733 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2734 @item :pt-height @var{height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2735 The value, @var{height}, specifies the height of the image in points |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2736 (1/72 inch). @var{height} must be an integer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2737 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2738 @item :bounding-box @var{box} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2739 The value, @var{box}, must be a list or vector of four integers, which |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2740 specifying the bounding box of the Postscript image, analogous to the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2741 @samp{BoundingBox} comment found in Postscript files. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2742 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2743 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2744 %%BoundingBox: 22 171 567 738 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2745 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2746 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2747 |
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2748 Displaying Postscript images from Lisp data is not currently |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2749 implemented, but it may be implemented by the time you read this. |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2750 See the @file{etc/NEWS} file to make sure. |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2751 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2752 @node Other Image Types |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2753 @subsection Other Image Types |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2754 @cindex PBM |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2755 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2756 For PBM images, specify image type @code{pbm}. Color, gray-scale and |
32552
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2757 monochromatic images are supported. For mono PBM images, two additional |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2758 image properties are supported. |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2759 |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2760 @table @code |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2761 @item :foreground @var{foreground} |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2762 The value, @var{foreground}, should be a string specifying the image |
37949
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2763 foreground color, or @code{nil} for the default color. This color is |
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2764 used for each pixel in the XBM that is 1. The default is the frame's |
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2765 foreground color. |
32552
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2766 |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2767 @item :background @var{background} |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2768 The value, @var{background}, should be a string specifying the image |
37949
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2769 background color, or @code{nil} for the default color. This color is |
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2770 used for each pixel in the XBM that is 0. The default is the frame's |
1302dd937a79
Add that PBM and XBM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37170
diff
changeset
|
2771 background color. |
32552
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2772 @end table |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2773 |
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2774 For JPEG images, specify image type @code{jpeg}. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2775 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2776 For TIFF images, specify image type @code{tiff}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2777 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2778 For PNG images, specify image type @code{png}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2779 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2780 @node Defining Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2781 @subsection Defining Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2782 |
31373
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2783 The functions @code{create-image}, @code{defimage} and |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2784 @code{find-image} provide convenient ways to create image descriptors. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2785 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2786 @defun create-image file &optional type &rest props |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2787 @tindex create-image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2788 This function creates and returns an image descriptor which uses the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2789 data in @var{file}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2790 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2791 The optional argument @var{type} is a symbol specifying the image type. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2792 If @var{type} is omitted or @code{nil}, @code{create-image} tries to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2793 determine the image type from the file's first few bytes, or else |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2794 from the file's name. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2795 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2796 The remaining arguments, @var{props}, specify additional image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2797 properties---for example, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2798 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2799 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2800 (create-image "foo.xpm" 'xpm :heuristic-mask t) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2801 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2802 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2803 The function returns @code{nil} if images of this type are not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2804 supported. Otherwise it returns an image descriptor. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2805 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2806 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2807 @defmac defimage variable doc &rest specs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2808 @tindex defimage |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2809 This macro defines @var{variable} as an image name. The second argument, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2810 @var{doc}, is an optional documentation string. The remaining |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2811 arguments, @var{specs}, specify alternative ways to display the image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2812 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2813 Each argument in @var{specs} has the form of a property list, and each |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2814 one should specify at least the @code{:type} property and the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2815 @code{:file} property. Here is an example: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2816 |
25875 | 2817 @example |
2818 (defimage test-image | |
2819 '((:type xpm :file "~/test1.xpm") | |
2820 (:type xbm :file "~/test1.xbm"))) | |
2821 @end example | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2822 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2823 @code{defimage} tests each argument, one by one, to see if it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2824 usable---that is, if the type is supported and the file exists. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2825 first usable argument is used to make an image descriptor which is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2826 stored in the variable @var{variable}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2827 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2828 If none of the alternatives will work, then @var{variable} is defined |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2829 as @code{nil}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2830 @end defmac |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2831 |
31373
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2832 @defun find-image specs |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2833 @tindex find-image |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2834 This function provides a convenient way to find an image satisfying one |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2835 of a list of image specifications @var{specs}. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2836 |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2837 Each specification in @var{specs} is a property list with contents |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2838 depending on image type. All specifications must at least contain the |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2839 properties @code{:type @var{type}} and either @w{@code{:file @var{file}}} |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2840 or @w{@code{:data @var{DATA}}}, where @var{type} is a symbol specifying |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2841 the image type, e.g.@: @code{xbm}, @var{file} is the file to load the |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2842 image from, and @var{data} is a string containing the actual image data. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2843 The first specification in the list whose @var{type} is supported, and |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2844 @var{file} exists, is used to construct the image specification to be |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2845 returned. If no specification is satisfied, @code{nil} is returned. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2846 |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2847 The image is looked for first on @code{load-path} and then in |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2848 @code{data-directory}. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2849 @end defun |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2850 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2851 @node Showing Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2852 @subsection Showing Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2853 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2854 You can use an image descriptor by setting up the @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2855 property yourself, but it is easier to use the functions in this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2856 section. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2857 |
29471 | 2858 @defun insert-image image &optional string area |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2859 This function inserts @var{image} in the current buffer at point. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2860 value @var{image} should be an image descriptor; it could be a value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2861 returned by @code{create-image}, or the value of a symbol defined with |
25875 | 2862 @code{defimage}. The argument @var{string} specifies the text to put in |
2863 the buffer to hold the image. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2864 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2865 The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2866 If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin; |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2867 @code{right-margin} specifies the right margin. If @var{area} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2868 @code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2869 buffer's text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2870 |
25875 | 2871 Internally, this function inserts @var{string} in the buffer, and gives |
2872 it a @code{display} property which specifies @var{image}. @xref{Display | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2873 Property}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2874 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2875 |
29471 | 2876 @defun put-image image pos &optional string area |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2877 This function puts image @var{image} in front of @var{pos} in the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2878 current buffer. The argument @var{pos} should be an integer or a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2879 marker. It specifies the buffer position where the image should appear. |
29471 | 2880 The argument @var{string} specifies the text that should hold the image |
2881 as an alternative to the default. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2882 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2883 The argument @var{image} must be an image descriptor, perhaps returned |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2884 by @code{create-image} or stored by @code{defimage}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2885 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2886 The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2887 If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin; |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2888 @code{right-margin} specifies the right margin. If @var{area} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2889 @code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2890 buffer's text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2891 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2892 Internally, this function creates an overlay, and gives it a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2893 @code{before-string} property containing text that has a @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2894 property whose value is the image. (Whew!) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2895 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2896 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2897 @defun remove-images start end &optional buffer |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2898 This function removes images in @var{buffer} between positions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2899 @var{start} and @var{end}. If @var{buffer} is omitted or @code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2900 images are removed from the current buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2901 |
27331
be0a552c8320
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27193
diff
changeset
|
2902 This removes only images that were put into @var{buffer} the way |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2903 @code{put-image} does it, not images that were inserted with |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2904 @code{insert-image} or in other ways. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2905 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2906 |
31373
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2907 @defun image-size spec &optional pixels frame |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2908 @tindex image-size |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2909 This function returns the size of an image as a pair |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2910 @w{@code{(@var{width} . @var{height})}}. @var{spec} is an image |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2911 specification. @var{pixels} non-nil means return sizes measured in |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2912 pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical character units |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2913 (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default font). |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2914 @var{frame} is the frame on which the image will be displayed. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2915 @var{frame} null or omitted means use the selected frame. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2916 @end defun |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2917 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2918 @node Image Cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2919 @subsection Image Cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2920 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2921 Emacs stores images in an image cache when it displays them, so it can |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2922 display them again more efficiently. It removes an image from the cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2923 when it hasn't been displayed for a specified period of time. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2924 |
28770 | 2925 When an image is looked up in the cache, its specification is compared |
2926 with cached image specifications using @code{equal}. This means that | |
2927 all images with equal specifications share the same image in the cache. | |
2928 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2929 @defvar image-cache-eviction-delay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2930 @tindex image-cache-eviction-delay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2931 This variable specifies the number of seconds an image can remain in the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2932 cache without being displayed. When an image is not displayed for this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2933 length of time, Emacs removes it from the image cache. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2934 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2935 If the value is @code{nil}, Emacs does not remove images from the cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2936 except when you explicitly clear it. This mode can be useful for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2937 debugging. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2938 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2939 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2940 @defun clear-image-cache &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2941 @tindex clear-image-cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2942 This function clears the image cache. If @var{frame} is non-@code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2943 only the cache for that frame is cleared. Otherwise all frames' caches |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2944 are cleared. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2945 @end defun |
27447
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2946 |
6598 | 2947 @node Blinking |
2948 @section Blinking Parentheses | |
2949 @cindex parenthesis matching | |
2950 @cindex blinking | |
2951 @cindex balancing parentheses | |
2952 @cindex close parenthesis | |
2953 | |
2954 This section describes the mechanism by which Emacs shows a matching | |
2955 open parenthesis when the user inserts a close parenthesis. | |
2956 | |
2957 @defvar blink-paren-function | |
2958 The value of this variable should be a function (of no arguments) to | |
2959 be called whenever a character with close parenthesis syntax is inserted. | |
2960 The value of @code{blink-paren-function} may be @code{nil}, in which | |
2961 case nothing is done. | |
2962 @end defvar | |
2963 | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2964 @defopt blink-matching-paren |
6598 | 2965 If this variable is @code{nil}, then @code{blink-matching-open} does |
2966 nothing. | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2967 @end defopt |
6598 | 2968 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2969 @defopt blink-matching-paren-distance |
6598 | 2970 This variable specifies the maximum distance to scan for a matching |
2971 parenthesis before giving up. | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2972 @end defopt |
6598 | 2973 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2974 @defopt blink-matching-delay |
12098 | 2975 This variable specifies the number of seconds for the cursor to remain |
2976 at the matching parenthesis. A fraction of a second often gives | |
2977 good results, but the default is 1, which works on all systems. | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2978 @end defopt |
12098 | 2979 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2980 @deffn Command blink-matching-open |
6598 | 2981 This function is the default value of @code{blink-paren-function}. It |
2982 assumes that point follows a character with close parenthesis syntax and | |
2983 moves the cursor momentarily to the matching opening character. If that | |
2984 character is not already on the screen, it displays the character's | |
2985 context in the echo area. To avoid long delays, this function does not | |
2986 search farther than @code{blink-matching-paren-distance} characters. | |
2987 | |
2988 Here is an example of calling this function explicitly. | |
2989 | |
2990 @smallexample | |
2991 @group | |
2992 (defun interactive-blink-matching-open () | |
2993 @c Do not break this line! -- rms. | |
2994 @c The first line of a doc string | |
2995 @c must stand alone. | |
2996 "Indicate momentarily the start of sexp before point." | |
2997 (interactive) | |
2998 @end group | |
2999 @group | |
3000 (let ((blink-matching-paren-distance | |
3001 (buffer-size)) | |
3002 (blink-matching-paren t)) | |
3003 (blink-matching-open))) | |
3004 @end group | |
3005 @end smallexample | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3006 @end deffn |
6598 | 3007 |
3008 @node Inverse Video | |
3009 @section Inverse Video | |
3010 @cindex Inverse Video | |
3011 | |
3012 @defopt inverse-video | |
3013 @cindex highlighting | |
3014 This variable controls whether Emacs uses inverse video for all text | |
3015 on the screen. Non-@code{nil} means yes, @code{nil} means no. The | |
3016 default is @code{nil}. | |
3017 @end defopt | |
3018 | |
3019 @defopt mode-line-inverse-video | |
25875 | 3020 This variable controls the use of inverse video for mode lines and menu |
3021 bars. If it is non-@code{nil}, then these lines are displayed in | |
27331
be0a552c8320
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27193
diff
changeset
|
3022 inverse video. Otherwise, these lines are displayed normally, just like |
25875 | 3023 other text. The default is @code{t}. |
3024 | |
3025 For window frames, this feature actually applies the face named | |
3026 @code{mode-line}; that face is normally set up as the inverse of the | |
3027 default face, unless you change it. | |
6598 | 3028 @end defopt |
3029 | |
3030 @node Usual Display | |
3031 @section Usual Display Conventions | |
3032 | |
3033 The usual display conventions define how to display each character | |
3034 code. You can override these conventions by setting up a display table | |
3035 (@pxref{Display Tables}). Here are the usual display conventions: | |
3036 | |
3037 @itemize @bullet | |
3038 @item | |
3039 Character codes 32 through 126 map to glyph codes 32 through 126. | |
3040 Normally this means they display as themselves. | |
3041 | |
3042 @item | |
3043 Character code 9 is a horizontal tab. It displays as whitespace | |
3044 up to a position determined by @code{tab-width}. | |
3045 | |
3046 @item | |
3047 Character code 10 is a newline. | |
3048 | |
3049 @item | |
3050 All other codes in the range 0 through 31, and code 127, display in one | |
9009 | 3051 of two ways according to the value of @code{ctl-arrow}. If it is |
6598 | 3052 non-@code{nil}, these codes map to sequences of two glyphs, where the |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3053 first glyph is the @sc{ascii} code for @samp{^}. (A display table can |
6598 | 3054 specify a glyph to use instead of @samp{^}.) Otherwise, these codes map |
3055 just like the codes in the range 128 to 255. | |
3056 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3057 On MS-DOS terminals, Emacs arranges by default for the character code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3058 127 to be mapped to the glyph code 127, which normally displays as an |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3059 empty polygon. This glyph is used to display non-@sc{ascii} characters |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3060 that the MS-DOS terminal doesn't support. @xref{MS-DOS and MULE,,, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3061 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3062 |
6598 | 3063 @item |
3064 Character codes 128 through 255 map to sequences of four glyphs, where | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3065 the first glyph is the @sc{ascii} code for @samp{\}, and the others are |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3066 digit characters representing the character code in octal. (A display |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3067 table can specify a glyph to use instead of @samp{\}.) |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3068 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3069 @item |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3070 Multibyte character codes above 256 are displayed as themselves, or as a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3071 question mark or empty box if the terminal cannot display that |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3072 character. |
6598 | 3073 @end itemize |
3074 | |
3075 The usual display conventions apply even when there is a display | |
3076 table, for any character whose entry in the active display table is | |
3077 @code{nil}. Thus, when you set up a display table, you need only | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3078 specify the characters for which you want special behavior. |
6598 | 3079 |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
3080 These display rules apply to carriage return (character code 13), when |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
3081 it appears in the buffer. But that character may not appear in the |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
3082 buffer where you expect it, if it was eliminated as part of end-of-line |
25454 | 3083 conversion (@pxref{Coding System Basics}). |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
3084 |
6598 | 3085 These variables affect the way certain characters are displayed on the |
3086 screen. Since they change the number of columns the characters occupy, | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3087 they also affect the indentation functions. These variables also affect |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3088 how the mode line is displayed; if you want to force redisplay of the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3089 mode line using the new values, call the function |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3090 @code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}). |
6598 | 3091 |
3092 @defopt ctl-arrow | |
3093 @cindex control characters in display | |
3094 This buffer-local variable controls how control characters are | |
3095 displayed. If it is non-@code{nil}, they are displayed as a caret | |
3096 followed by the character: @samp{^A}. If it is @code{nil}, they are | |
3097 displayed as a backslash followed by three octal digits: @samp{\001}. | |
3098 @end defopt | |
3099 | |
3100 @c Following may have overfull hbox. | |
3101 @defvar default-ctl-arrow | |
3102 The value of this variable is the default value for @code{ctl-arrow} in | |
3103 buffers that do not override it. @xref{Default Value}. | |
3104 @end defvar | |
3105 | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3106 @defopt indicate-empty-lines |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3107 @tindex indicate-empty-lines |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3108 When this is non-@code{nil}, Emacs displays a special glyph in |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3109 each empty line at the end of the buffer, on terminals that |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3110 support it (window systems). |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3111 @end defopt |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3112 |
6598 | 3113 @defopt tab-width |
3114 The value of this variable is the spacing between tab stops used for | |
25875 | 3115 displaying tab characters in Emacs buffers. The value is in units of |
3116 columns, and the default is 8. Note that this feature is completely | |
3117 independent of the user-settable tab stops used by the command | |
3118 @code{tab-to-tab-stop}. @xref{Indent Tabs}. | |
6598 | 3119 @end defopt |
3120 | |
3121 @node Display Tables | |
3122 @section Display Tables | |
3123 | |
3124 @cindex display table | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3125 You can use the @dfn{display table} feature to control how all possible |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3126 character codes display on the screen. This is useful for displaying |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3127 European languages that have letters not in the @sc{ascii} character |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3128 set. |
6598 | 3129 |
3130 The display table maps each character code into a sequence of | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3131 @dfn{glyphs}, each glyph being a graphic that takes up one character |
6598 | 3132 position on the screen. You can also define how to display each glyph |
3133 on your terminal, using the @dfn{glyph table}. | |
3134 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3135 Display tables affect how the mode line is displayed; if you want to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3136 force redisplay of the mode line using a new display table, call |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3137 @code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}). |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3138 |
6598 | 3139 @menu |
3140 * Display Table Format:: What a display table consists of. | |
3141 * Active Display Table:: How Emacs selects a display table to use. | |
3142 * Glyphs:: How to define a glyph, and what glyphs mean. | |
3143 @end menu | |
3144 | |
3145 @node Display Table Format | |
3146 @subsection Display Table Format | |
3147 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3148 A display table is actually a char-table (@pxref{Char-Tables}) with |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3149 @code{display-table} as its subtype. |
6598 | 3150 |
3151 @defun make-display-table | |
3152 This creates and returns a display table. The table initially has | |
3153 @code{nil} in all elements. | |
3154 @end defun | |
3155 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3156 The ordinary elements of the display table are indexed by character |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3157 codes; the element at index @var{c} says how to display the character |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3158 code @var{c}. The value should be @code{nil} or a vector of glyph |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3159 values (@pxref{Glyphs}). If an element is @code{nil}, it says to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3160 display that character according to the usual display conventions |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3161 (@pxref{Usual Display}). |
12067 | 3162 |
3163 If you use the display table to change the display of newline | |
3164 characters, the whole buffer will be displayed as one long ``line.'' | |
6598 | 3165 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3166 The display table also has six ``extra slots'' which serve special |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3167 purposes. Here is a table of their meanings; @code{nil} in any slot |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3168 means to use the default for that slot, as stated below. |
6598 | 3169 |
3170 @table @asis | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3171 @item 0 |
6598 | 3172 The glyph for the end of a truncated screen line (the default for this |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3173 is @samp{$}). @xref{Glyphs}. Newer Emacs versions, on some platforms, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3174 display arrows to indicate truncation---the display table has no effect |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3175 in these situations. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3176 @item 1 |
6598 | 3177 The glyph for the end of a continued line (the default is @samp{\}). |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3178 Newer Emacs versions, on some platforms, display curved arrows to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3179 indicate truncation---the display table has no effect in these |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3180 situations. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3181 @item 2 |
6598 | 3182 The glyph for indicating a character displayed as an octal character |
3183 code (the default is @samp{\}). | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3184 @item 3 |
6598 | 3185 The glyph for indicating a control character (the default is @samp{^}). |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3186 @item 4 |
6598 | 3187 A vector of glyphs for indicating the presence of invisible lines (the |
3188 default is @samp{...}). @xref{Selective Display}. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3189 @item 5 |
8925 | 3190 The glyph used to draw the border between side-by-side windows (the |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3191 default is @samp{|}). @xref{Splitting Windows}. This takes effect only |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3192 when there are no scroll bars; if scroll bars are supported and in use, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3193 a scroll bar separates the two windows. |
6598 | 3194 @end table |
3195 | |
3196 For example, here is how to construct a display table that mimics the | |
3197 effect of setting @code{ctl-arrow} to a non-@code{nil} value: | |
3198 | |
3199 @example | |
3200 (setq disptab (make-display-table)) | |
3201 (let ((i 0)) | |
3202 (while (< i 32) | |
3203 (or (= i ?\t) (= i ?\n) | |
3204 (aset disptab i (vector ?^ (+ i 64)))) | |
3205 (setq i (1+ i))) | |
3206 (aset disptab 127 (vector ?^ ??))) | |
3207 @end example | |
3208 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3209 @defun display-table-slot display-table slot |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3210 This function returns the value of the extra slot @var{slot} of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3211 @var{display-table}. The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3212 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3213 @code{truncation}, @code{wrap}, @code{escape}, @code{control}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3214 @code{selective-display}, and @code{vertical-border}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3215 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3216 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3217 @defun set-display-table-slot display-table slot value |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3218 This function stores @var{value} in the extra slot @var{slot} of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3219 @var{display-table}. The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3220 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3221 @code{truncation}, @code{wrap}, @code{escape}, @code{control}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3222 @code{selective-display}, and @code{vertical-border}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3223 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3224 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3225 @defun describe-display-table display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3226 @tindex describe-display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3227 This function displays a description of the display table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3228 @var{display-table} in a help buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3229 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3230 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3231 @deffn Command describe-current-display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3232 @tindex describe-current-display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3233 This command displays a description of the current display table in a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3234 help buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3235 @end deffn |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3236 |
6598 | 3237 @node Active Display Table |
3238 @subsection Active Display Table | |
3239 @cindex active display table | |
3240 | |
3241 Each window can specify a display table, and so can each buffer. When | |
3242 a buffer @var{b} is displayed in window @var{w}, display uses the | |
3243 display table for window @var{w} if it has one; otherwise, the display | |
3244 table for buffer @var{b} if it has one; otherwise, the standard display | |
3245 table if any. The display table chosen is called the @dfn{active} | |
3246 display table. | |
3247 | |
3248 @defun window-display-table window | |
3249 This function returns @var{window}'s display table, or @code{nil} | |
3250 if @var{window} does not have an assigned display table. | |
3251 @end defun | |
3252 | |
3253 @defun set-window-display-table window table | |
3254 This function sets the display table of @var{window} to @var{table}. | |
3255 The argument @var{table} should be either a display table or | |
3256 @code{nil}. | |
3257 @end defun | |
3258 | |
3259 @defvar buffer-display-table | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3260 This variable is automatically buffer-local in all buffers; its value in |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3261 a particular buffer specifies the display table for that buffer. If it |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3262 is @code{nil}, that means the buffer does not have an assigned display |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3263 table. |
6598 | 3264 @end defvar |
3265 | |
3266 @defvar standard-display-table | |
3267 This variable's value is the default display table, used whenever a | |
3268 window has no display table and neither does the buffer displayed in | |
3269 that window. This variable is @code{nil} by default. | |
3270 @end defvar | |
3271 | |
3272 If there is no display table to use for a particular window---that is, | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3273 if the window specifies none, its buffer specifies none, and |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3274 @code{standard-display-table} is @code{nil}---then Emacs uses the usual |
6598 | 3275 display conventions for all character codes in that window. @xref{Usual |
3276 Display}. | |
3277 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3278 A number of functions for changing the standard display table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3279 are defined in the library @file{disp-table}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3280 |
6598 | 3281 @node Glyphs |
3282 @subsection Glyphs | |
3283 | |
3284 @cindex glyph | |
3285 A @dfn{glyph} is a generalization of a character; it stands for an | |
3286 image that takes up a single character position on the screen. Glyphs | |
3287 are represented in Lisp as integers, just as characters are. | |
3288 | |
3289 @cindex glyph table | |
3290 The meaning of each integer, as a glyph, is defined by the glyph | |
3291 table, which is the value of the variable @code{glyph-table}. | |
3292 | |
3293 @defvar glyph-table | |
3294 The value of this variable is the current glyph table. It should be a | |
3295 vector; the @var{g}th element defines glyph code @var{g}. If the value | |
3296 is @code{nil} instead of a vector, then all glyphs are simple (see | |
3297 below). | |
3298 @end defvar | |
3299 | |
3300 Here are the possible types of elements in the glyph table: | |
3301 | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3302 @table @asis |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3303 @item @var{string} |
6598 | 3304 Send the characters in @var{string} to the terminal to output |
3305 this glyph. This alternative is available on character terminals, | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3306 but not under a window system. |
6598 | 3307 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3308 @item @var{integer} |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3309 Define this glyph code as an alias for glyph code @var{integer}. You |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3310 can use an alias to specify a face code for the glyph; see below. |
6598 | 3311 |
3312 @item @code{nil} | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3313 This glyph is simple. On an ordinary terminal, the glyph code mod |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3314 524288 is the character to output. In a window system, the glyph code |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3315 mod 524288 is the character to output, and the glyph code divided by |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3316 524288 specifies the face number (@pxref{Face Functions}) to use while |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3317 outputting it. (524288 is |
27193 | 3318 @ifnottex |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3319 2**19.) |
27193 | 3320 @end ifnottex |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3321 @tex |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3322 $2^{19}$.) |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3323 @end tex |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3324 @xref{Faces}. |
6598 | 3325 @end table |
3326 | |
3327 If a glyph code is greater than or equal to the length of the glyph | |
3328 table, that code is automatically simple. | |
3329 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3330 @defun create-glyph string |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3331 @tindex create-glyph |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3332 This function returns a newly-allocated glyph code which is set up to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3333 display by sending @var{string} to the terminal. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3334 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3335 |
6598 | 3336 @node Beeping |
3337 @section Beeping | |
3338 @cindex beeping | |
3339 @cindex bell | |
3340 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3341 This section describes how to make Emacs ring the bell (or blink the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3342 screen) to attract the user's attention. Be conservative about how |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3343 often you do this; frequent bells can become irritating. Also be |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3344 careful not to use just beeping when signaling an error is more |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3345 appropriate. (@xref{Errors}.) |
6598 | 3346 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3347 @defun ding &optional do-not-terminate |
6598 | 3348 @cindex keyboard macro termination |
3349 This function beeps, or flashes the screen (see @code{visible-bell} below). | |
3350 It also terminates any keyboard macro currently executing unless | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3351 @var{do-not-terminate} is non-@code{nil}. |
6598 | 3352 @end defun |
3353 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3354 @defun beep &optional do-not-terminate |
6598 | 3355 This is a synonym for @code{ding}. |
3356 @end defun | |
3357 | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3358 @defopt visible-bell |
6598 | 3359 This variable determines whether Emacs should flash the screen to |
3360 represent a bell. Non-@code{nil} means yes, @code{nil} means no. This | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3361 is effective on a window system, and on a character-only terminal |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3362 provided the terminal's Termcap entry defines the visible bell |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3363 capability (@samp{vb}). |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3364 @end defopt |
6598 | 3365 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3366 @defvar ring-bell-function |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3367 If this is non-@code{nil}, it specifies how Emacs should ``ring the |
25875 | 3368 bell.'' Its value should be a function of no arguments. If this is |
3369 non-@code{nil}, it takes precedence over the @code{visible-bell} | |
3370 variable. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3371 @end defvar |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3372 |
6598 | 3373 @node Window Systems |
3374 @section Window Systems | |
3375 | |
3376 Emacs works with several window systems, most notably the X Window | |
3377 System. Both Emacs and X use the term ``window'', but use it | |
3378 differently. An Emacs frame is a single window as far as X is | |
3379 concerned; the individual Emacs windows are not known to X at all. | |
3380 | |
3381 @defvar window-system | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3382 This variable tells Lisp programs what window system Emacs is running |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3383 under. The possible values are |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3384 |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3385 @table @code |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3386 @item x |
6598 | 3387 @cindex X Window System |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3388 Emacs is displaying using X. |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3389 @item pc |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3390 Emacs is displaying using MS-DOS. |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3391 @item w32 |
27332
5cfe77eaff45
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27331
diff
changeset
|
3392 Emacs is displaying using Windows. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3393 @item mac |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3394 Emacs is displaying using a Macintosh. |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3395 @item nil |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3396 Emacs is using a character-based terminal. |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3397 @end table |
6598 | 3398 @end defvar |
3399 | |
3400 @defvar window-setup-hook | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3401 This variable is a normal hook which Emacs runs after handling the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3402 initialization files. Emacs runs this hook after it has completed |
25875 | 3403 loading your init file, the default initialization file (if |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3404 any), and the terminal-specific Lisp code, and running the hook |
6598 | 3405 @code{term-setup-hook}. |
3406 | |
3407 This hook is used for internal purposes: setting up communication with | |
3408 the window system, and creating the initial window. Users should not | |
3409 interfere with it. | |
3410 @end defvar |